1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
66       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
67     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
68     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
69     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
70   }
71 
72   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
73     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
74       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
75           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
76     else
77       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
78   }
79 
80  private:
81   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
82   bool WantClassName;
83 };
84 
85 }
86 
87 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
88 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
89   switch (Kind) {
90   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
91   // token kind is a valid type specifier
92   case tok::kw_short:
93   case tok::kw_long:
94   case tok::kw___int64:
95   case tok::kw___int128:
96   case tok::kw_signed:
97   case tok::kw_unsigned:
98   case tok::kw_void:
99   case tok::kw_char:
100   case tok::kw_int:
101   case tok::kw_half:
102   case tok::kw_float:
103   case tok::kw_double:
104   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
105   case tok::kw_bool:
106   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
107     return true;
108 
109   case tok::annot_typename:
110   case tok::kw_char16_t:
111   case tok::kw_char32_t:
112   case tok::kw_typeof:
113   case tok::annot_decltype:
114   case tok::kw_decltype:
115     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
116 
117   default:
118     break;
119   }
120 
121   return false;
122 }
123 
124 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
125 /// return the declaration of that type.
126 ///
127 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
128 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
129 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
130 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
131 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
241                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
242                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
243           if (SS && NNS)
244             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
245           *CorrectedII = NewII;
246           return Ty;
247         }
248       }
249     }
250     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
251   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
252   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
253     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
254     return ParsedType();
255 
256   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
257     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
258     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
259     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
260     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
261     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
262     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
263       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
264       return ParsedType();
265     }
266 
267     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
268     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
269          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
270       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
271         if (!IIDecl ||
272             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
273               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
274           IIDecl = *Res;
275       }
276     }
277 
278     if (!IIDecl) {
279       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
280       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
281       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
282       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
283       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
284       // a type name.
285       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
286       return ParsedType();
287     }
288 
289     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
290     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
291     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
292     // perform the name lookup again.
293     break;
294 
295   case LookupResult::Found:
296     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
297     break;
298   }
299 
300   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
301 
302   QualType T;
303   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
304     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
305 
306     if (T.isNull())
307       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
308 
309     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
310     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
311     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
312     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
313       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
314         // Construct a type with type-source information.
315         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
316         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
317 
318         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
319         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
320         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
321         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
322         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
323       } else {
324         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
325       }
326     }
327   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
328     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
329     if (!HasTrailingDot)
330       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
331   }
332 
333   if (T.isNull()) {
334     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
335     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
336     return ParsedType();
337   }
338   return ParsedType::make(T);
339 }
340 
341 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
342 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
343 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
344 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
345 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
346 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
347   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
348   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
349   LookupName(R, S, false);
350   R.suppressDiagnostics();
351   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
352     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
353       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
354       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
355       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
356       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
357       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
358       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
359       }
360     }
361 
362   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
363 }
364 
365 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
366 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
367 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
368 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
369 /// @code
370 /// template<class T> class A {
371 /// public:
372 ///   typedef int TYPE;
373 /// };
374 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
375 /// public:
376 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
377 /// };
378 /// @endcode
379 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
380   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
381     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
382 
383     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
384     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
385           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
386       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
387         return true;
388     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
389   }
390   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
391 }
392 
393 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
394                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
395                                    Scope *S,
396                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
397                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
398   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
399   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
400 
401   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
402   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
403   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
404   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
405                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
406                                              Validator)) {
407     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
408       // We corrected to a keyword.
409       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
410       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
411     } else {
412       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
413       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
414         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
415                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
416       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
417         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
418         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
419                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
420         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
421                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
422                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
423       } else {
424         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
425       }
426 
427       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
428       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
429         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
430                           SourceRange(IILoc));
431       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
432                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
433                                   false, ParsedType(),
434                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
435                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
436     }
437     return true;
438   }
439 
440   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
441     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
442     UnqualifiedId Name;
443     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
444     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
445     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
446     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
447     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
448                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
449                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
450       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
451       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
452       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
453         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
454           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
455       }
456       return true;
457     }
458   }
459 
460   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
461   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
462 
463   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
464     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
465   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
466     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
467       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
468   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
469     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
470     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
471       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
472 
473     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
474       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
475       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
476       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
477     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
478                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
479   } else {
480     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
481            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
482   }
483 
484   return true;
485 }
486 
487 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
488 /// or
489 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
490   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
491                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
492 
493   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
494     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
495       return true;
496 
497     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
498       return true;
499   }
500 
501   return false;
502 }
503 
504 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
505                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
506                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
507                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
508   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
509   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
510   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
511     const char *TagName = 0;
512     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
513     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Class:
515         TagName = "class";
516         FixItTagName = "class ";
517         break;
518 
519       case TTK_Enum:
520         TagName = "enum";
521         FixItTagName = "enum ";
522         break;
523 
524       case TTK_Struct:
525         TagName = "struct";
526         FixItTagName = "struct ";
527         break;
528 
529       case TTK_Interface:
530         TagName = "__interface";
531         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
532         break;
533 
534       case TTK_Union:
535         TagName = "union";
536         FixItTagName = "union ";
537         break;
538     }
539 
540     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
541       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
542       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
543 
544     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
545          I != IEnd; ++I)
546       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
547         << Name << TagName;
548 
549     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
550     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
551     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
552     return true;
553   }
554 
555   return false;
556 }
557 
558 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
559 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
560                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
561   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
562 
563   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
564   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
565 
566   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
567   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
568   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
569   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
570   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
571 }
572 
573 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
574                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
575                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
576                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
577                                             const Token &NextToken,
578                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
579                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
580   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
581   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
582 
583   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
584     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
585                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
586 
587   }
588 
589   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
590   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
591 
592   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
593   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
594   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
595   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
596   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
597     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
598     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
599       return E;
600   }
601 
602   bool SecondTry = false;
603   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
604 
605 Corrected:
606   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
607   case LookupResult::NotFound:
608     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
609     // call.
610     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
611       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
612       // FIXME: Reference?
613       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
614         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
615 
616       // C90 6.3.2.2:
617       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
618       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
619       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
620       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
621       //   the function call, the declaration
622       //
623       //     extern int identifier ();
624       //
625       //   appeared.
626       //
627       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
628       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
629         Result.addDecl(D);
630         Result.resolveKind();
631         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
632       }
633     }
634 
635     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
636     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
637     // "struct", or "union".
638     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
639         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
640       break;
641     }
642 
643     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
644     // close to this name.
645     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
646       SecondTry = true;
647       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
648                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
649                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
650         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
651         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
652 
653         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
654         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
655           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
656         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
657             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
658           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
659           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
660         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
661                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
662                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
663                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
664           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
665           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
666         }
667 
668         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
669           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
670         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
671           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
672           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
673                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
674           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
675                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
676                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
677         }
678 
679         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
680         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
681 
682         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
683         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
684           return Name;
685 
686         // Also update the LookupResult...
687         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
688         Result.clear();
689         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
690         if (FirstDecl)
691           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
692 
693         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
694         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
695         // reference the ivar.
696         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
697         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
698           Result.clear();
699           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
700           return E;
701         }
702 
703         goto Corrected;
704       }
705     }
706 
707     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
708     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
709     return NameClassification::Unknown();
710 
711   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
712     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
713     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
714     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
715 
716     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
717     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
718     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
719     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
720     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
721     //
722     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
723     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
724     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
725     // keyword here.
726     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
727                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
728                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
729   }
730 
731   case LookupResult::Found:
732   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
733   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
734     break;
735 
736   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
737     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
738         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
739       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
740       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
741       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
742       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
743       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
744       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
745       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
746       //   ambiguous.
747       //
748       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
749       // so try again after filtering out template names.
750       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
751       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
752         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
753         break;
754       }
755     }
756 
757     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
758     return NameClassification::Error();
759   }
760 
761   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
762       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
763     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
764     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
765     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
766     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
767     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
768     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
769     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
770       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
771 
772     if (!Result.empty()) {
773       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
774       bool IsVarTemplate;
775       TemplateName Template;
776       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
777         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
778         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
779                                                      Result.end());
780       } else {
781         TemplateDecl *TD
782           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
783         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
784         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
785 
786         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
787           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
788                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
789                                                       TD);
790         else
791           Template = TemplateName(TD);
792       }
793 
794       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
795         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
796         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
797         // to based on which function we selected.
798         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
799 
800         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
801       }
802 
803       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
804                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
805     }
806   }
807 
808   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
809   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
810     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
811     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
812     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
813       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
814     return ParsedType::make(T);
815   }
816 
817   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
818   if (!Class) {
819     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
820     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
821                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
822       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
823   }
824 
825   if (Class) {
826     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
827 
828     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
829       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
830       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
831       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
832       return NameClassification::Unknown();
833     }
834 
835     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
836     return ParsedType::make(T);
837   }
838 
839   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
840   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
841     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
842         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
843 
844   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
845   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
846   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
847   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
848        (NextIsOp &&
849         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
850       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
851     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
852     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
853     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
854     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
855       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
856     return ParsedType::make(T);
857   }
858 
859   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
860     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
861 
862   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
863   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
864 }
865 
866 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
867 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
868 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
869 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
870 
871   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
872   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
873   // the context we'll need to return to.
874   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
875   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
876   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
877   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
878   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
879   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
880   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
881   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
882   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
883   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
884     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
885 
886     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
887     // lexical context.
888     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
889       return DC;
890 
891     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
892     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
893     // class is the context we need to return to.
894     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
895       DC = RD;
896 
897     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
898     // declared in.
899     return DC;
900   }
901 
902   return DC->getLexicalParent();
903 }
904 
905 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
906   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
907       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
908   CurContext = DC;
909   S->setEntity(DC);
910 }
911 
912 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
913   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
914 
915   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
916   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
917 }
918 
919 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
920 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
921 ///
922 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
923   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
924   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
925   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
926   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
927   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
928   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
929   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
930   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
931   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
932   //   namespace.
933   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
934   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
935   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
936   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
937   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
938 
939   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
940 
941 #ifndef NDEBUG
942   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
943   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
944   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
945 #endif
946 
947   CurContext = DC;
948   S->setEntity(DC);
949 }
950 
951 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
952   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
953 
954   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
955   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
956   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
957   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
958   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
959 
960   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
961   // disappear.
962 }
963 
964 
965 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
966   // We assume that the caller has already called
967   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
968   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
969   if (!FD)
970     return;
971 
972   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
973   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
974   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
975     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
976   CurContext = FD;
977   S->setEntity(CurContext);
978 
979   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
980     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
981     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
982     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
983       S->AddDecl(Param);
984       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
985     }
986   }
987 }
988 
989 
990 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
991   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
992   // rather than the top-level class.
993   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
994   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
995   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
996 }
997 
998 
999 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1000 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1001 ///
1002 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1003 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1004 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1005 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1006 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1007 /// attribute.
1008 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1009                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1010   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1011     return true;
1012 
1013   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1014     return true;
1015 
1016   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1017           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1018 }
1019 
1020 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1021 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1022   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1023   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1024   // scope.
1025   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1026     S = S->getParent();
1027 
1028   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1029   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1030   // into any context.
1031   if (AddToContext)
1032     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1033 
1034   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1035   // are function-local declarations.
1036   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1037       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1038         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1039       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1040     return;
1041 
1042   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1043   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1044       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1045     return;
1046 
1047   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1048   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1049                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1050   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1051     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1052       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1053       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1054 
1055       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1056       break;
1057     }
1058   }
1059 
1060   S->AddDecl(D);
1061 
1062   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1063     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1064     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1065     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1066     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1067       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1068       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1069         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1070           continue;
1071       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1072         break;
1073     }
1074 
1075     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1076   } else {
1077     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1078   }
1079 }
1080 
1081 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1082   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1083     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1084 }
1085 
1086 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1087                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1088   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1089 }
1090 
1091 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1092   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1093   do {
1094     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1095       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1096         return S;
1097   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1098 
1099   return 0;
1100 }
1101 
1102 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1103                                             DeclContext*,
1104                                             ASTContext&);
1105 
1106 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1107 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1108 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1109                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1110                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1111   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1112   while (F.hasNext()) {
1113     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1114 
1115     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1116       continue;
1117 
1118     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1119       continue;
1120 
1121     F.erase();
1122   }
1123 
1124   F.done();
1125 }
1126 
1127 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1128   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1129          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1130          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1131 }
1132 
1133 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1134 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1135   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1136   while (F.hasNext())
1137     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1138       F.erase();
1139 
1140   F.done();
1141 }
1142 
1143 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1144 /// @code
1145 /// class S {
1146 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1147 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1148 /// };
1149 /// @endcode
1150 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1151   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1152   // the decl here.
1153   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1154     return false;
1155 
1156   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1157     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1158   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1159     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1160   return false;
1161 }
1162 
1163 // We need this to handle
1164 //
1165 // typedef struct {
1166 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1167 // } A;
1168 //
1169 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1170 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1171 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1172 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1173 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1174 // not.
1175 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1176   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1177   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1178     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1179       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1180         return true;
1181     }
1182     DC = DC->getParent();
1183   }
1184 
1185   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1186 }
1187 
1188 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1189 // these semantics.
1190 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1191   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1192     return false;
1193   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1194 }
1195 
1196 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1197   assert(D);
1198 
1199   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1200     return false;
1201 
1202   // Ignore class templates.
1203   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1204       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1205     return false;
1206 
1207   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1208     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1209       return false;
1210 
1211     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1212       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1213         return false;
1214     } else {
1215       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1216       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1217           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1218         return false;
1219     }
1220 
1221     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1222         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1223       return false;
1224   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1225     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1226     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1227     // like "inline".)
1228     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1229       return false;
1230 
1231     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1232       return false;
1233 
1234     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1235         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1236       return false;
1237   } else {
1238     return false;
1239   }
1240 
1241   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1242   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1243 }
1244 
1245 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1246   if (!D)
1247     return;
1248 
1249   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1250     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1251     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1252       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1253   }
1254 
1255   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1256     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1257     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1258       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1259   }
1260 
1261   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1262     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1263 }
1264 
1265 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1266   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1267     return false;
1268 
1269   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1270       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1271     return false;
1272 
1273   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1274     return true;
1275 
1276   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1277   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1278       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1279     return false;
1280 
1281   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1282   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1283 
1284     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1285     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1286 
1287     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1288     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1289       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1290         return false;
1291     }
1292 
1293     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1294     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1295     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1296       return false;
1297 
1298     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1299       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1300       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1301         return false;
1302 
1303       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1304         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1305           return false;
1306 
1307         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1308           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1309             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1310           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1311             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1312           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1313             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1314             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1315               return false;
1316           }
1317         }
1318       }
1319     }
1320 
1321     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1322   }
1323 
1324   return true;
1325 }
1326 
1327 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1328                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1329   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1330     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1331                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1332     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1333       return;
1334     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1335                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1336   }
1337   return;
1338 }
1339 
1340 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1341 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1342 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1343   FixItHint Hint;
1344   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1345     return;
1346 
1347   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1348 
1349   unsigned DiagID;
1350   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1351     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1352   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1353     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1354   else
1355     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1356 
1357   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1358 }
1359 
1360 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1361   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1362   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1363   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1364   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1365     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1366 }
1367 
1368 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1369   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1370   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1371          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1372 
1373   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1374        I != E; ++I) {
1375     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1376     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1377 
1378     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1379     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1380 
1381     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1382 
1383     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1384     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1385       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1386 
1387     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1388     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1389       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1390 
1391     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1392     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1393   }
1394 }
1395 
1396 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1397   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1398 }
1399 
1400 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1401   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1402   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1403 }
1404 
1405 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1406 ///
1407 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1408 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1409 /// to the fixed name.
1410 ///
1411 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1412 ///
1413 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1414 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1415 ///
1416 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1417 /// class could not be found.
1418 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1419                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1420                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1421   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1422   // creation from this context.
1423   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1424 
1425   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1426     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1427     // find an Objective-C class name.
1428     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1429     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1430                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1431                                        Validator)) {
1432       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1433       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1434       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1435     }
1436   }
1437   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1438   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1439   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1440       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1441   return Def;
1442 }
1443 
1444 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1445 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1446 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1447 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1448 /// ill-formed in C++:
1449 /// @code
1450 /// struct S6 {
1451 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1452 /// };
1453 ///
1454 /// void test_S6() {
1455 ///   struct S6 a;
1456 ///   a.e = BAR;
1457 /// }
1458 /// @endcode
1459 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1460 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1461 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1462 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1463 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1464 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1465 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1466 /// contain non-field names.
1467 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1468   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1469          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1470          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1471     S = S->getParent();
1472   return S;
1473 }
1474 
1475 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1476 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1477 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1478 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1479 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1480                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1481   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1482     return;
1483   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1484 
1485   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1486                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1487   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1488   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1489     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1490       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1491 }
1492 
1493 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1494 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1495 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1496 /// built-in.
1497 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1498                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1499                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1500   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1501 
1502   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1503 
1504   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1505   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1506   switch (Error) {
1507   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1508     // Okay
1509     break;
1510 
1511   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1512     if (ForRedeclaration)
1513       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1514         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1515     return 0;
1516 
1517   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1518     if (ForRedeclaration)
1519       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1520         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1521     return 0;
1522 
1523   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1524     if (ForRedeclaration)
1525       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1526         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1527     return 0;
1528   }
1529 
1530   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1531     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1532       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1533       << R;
1534     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1535         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1536           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1537       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1538         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1539         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1540   }
1541 
1542   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1543   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1544     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1545         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1546                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1547     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1548     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1549     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1550   }
1551 
1552   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1553                                            Parent,
1554                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1555                                            SC_Extern,
1556                                            false,
1557                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1558   New->setImplicit();
1559 
1560   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1561   // FunctionDecl.
1562   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1563     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1564     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1565       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1566           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1567                               0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
1568       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1569       Params.push_back(parm);
1570     }
1571     New->setParams(Params);
1572   }
1573 
1574   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1575   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1576 
1577   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1578   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1579   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1580   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1581   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1582   CurContext = Parent;
1583   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1584   CurContext = SavedContext;
1585   return New;
1586 }
1587 
1588 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1589 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1590 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1591 /// entity.
1592 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1593                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1594                                               LookupResult &previous){
1595   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1596   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1597     return;
1598 
1599   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1600   if (previous.empty())
1601     return;
1602 
1603   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1604   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1605     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1606 
1607     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1608     if (!old->isHidden())
1609       continue;
1610 
1611     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1612       filter.erase();
1613   }
1614 
1615   filter.done();
1616 }
1617 
1618 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1619   QualType OldType;
1620   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1621     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1622   else
1623     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1624   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1625 
1626   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1627     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1628     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1629     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1630       << Kind << NewType;
1631     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1632       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1633     New->setInvalidDecl();
1634     return true;
1635   }
1636 
1637   if (OldType != NewType &&
1638       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1639       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1640       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1641     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1642     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1643       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1644     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1645       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1646     New->setInvalidDecl();
1647     return true;
1648   }
1649   return false;
1650 }
1651 
1652 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1653 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1654 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1655 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1656 ///
1657 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1658   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1659   // merging checks.
1660   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1661 
1662   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1663   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1664   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1665     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1666     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1667     default: break;
1668     case 2:
1669       {
1670         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1671           break;
1672         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1673         if (!T->isPointerType())
1674           break;
1675         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1676           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1677           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1678             break;
1679         }
1680         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1681         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1682         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1683         return;
1684       }
1685     case 5:
1686       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1687         break;
1688       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1689       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1690       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1691       return;
1692     case 3:
1693       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1694         break;
1695       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1696       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1697       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1698       return;
1699     }
1700     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1701   }
1702 
1703   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1704   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1705   if (!Old) {
1706     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1707       << New->getDeclName();
1708 
1709     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1710     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1711       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1712 
1713     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1714   }
1715 
1716   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1717   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1718     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1719 
1720   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1721   // with any extensions enabled.
1722   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1723     return;
1724 
1725   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1726   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1727   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1728     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1729     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1730   }
1731 
1732   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1733     return;
1734 
1735   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1736     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1737     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1738     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1739     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1740     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1741       return;
1742 
1743     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1744     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1745     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1746     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1747     //
1748     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1749     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1750     //
1751     //   struct S {
1752     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1753     //   };
1754     //
1755     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1756     // allow the above but disallow
1757     //
1758     //   struct S {
1759     //     typedef int I;
1760     //     typedef int I;
1761     //   };
1762     //
1763     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1764     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1765       return;
1766 
1767     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1768       << New->getDeclName();
1769     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1770     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1771   }
1772 
1773   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1774   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1775     return;
1776 
1777   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1778   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1779   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1780   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1781   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1782       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1783        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1784     return;
1785 
1786   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1787     << New->getDeclName();
1788   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1789   return;
1790 }
1791 
1792 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1793 /// attribute.
1794 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1795   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1796   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1797   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1798     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1799       if (Ann) {
1800         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1801           return true;
1802         continue;
1803       }
1804       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1805       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1806         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1807       return true;
1808     }
1809 
1810   return false;
1811 }
1812 
1813 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1814   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1815     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1816   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1817     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1818   return true;
1819 }
1820 
1821 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1822 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1823 ///
1824 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1825 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1826   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1827   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1828   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1829   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1830   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1831   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1832          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1833          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1834     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1835     // in a case like:
1836     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1837     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1838     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1839     // definition in such a case.
1840     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1841       return false;
1842 
1843     if (I->isAlignas())
1844       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1845 
1846     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1847     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1848       OldAlign = Align;
1849       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1850     }
1851   }
1852 
1853   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1854   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1855   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1856   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1857          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1858          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1859     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1860       return false;
1861 
1862     if (I->isAlignas())
1863       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1864 
1865     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1866     if (Align > NewAlign)
1867       NewAlign = Align;
1868   }
1869 
1870   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1871     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1872     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1873     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1874     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1875 
1876     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1877     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1878     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1879       QualType Ty;
1880       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1881         Ty = VD->getType();
1882       else
1883         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1884 
1885       if (OldAlign == 0)
1886         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1887       if (NewAlign == 0)
1888         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1889     }
1890 
1891     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1892       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1893         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1894         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1895       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1896     }
1897   }
1898 
1899   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1900     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1901     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1902     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1903     //   equivalent alignment.
1904     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1905     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1906     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1907     //   have no alignment specifier.
1908     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1909       << OldAlignasAttr;
1910     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1911       << OldAlignasAttr;
1912   }
1913 
1914   bool AnyAdded = false;
1915 
1916   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1917   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1918     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1919     Clone->setInherited(true);
1920     New->addAttr(Clone);
1921     AnyAdded = true;
1922   }
1923 
1924   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1925   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1926       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1927     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1928     Clone->setInherited(true);
1929     New->addAttr(Clone);
1930     AnyAdded = true;
1931   }
1932 
1933   return AnyAdded;
1934 }
1935 
1936 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1937                                bool Override) {
1938   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1939   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1940   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1941     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1942                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1943                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1944                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1945                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1946   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1947     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1948                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1949   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1950     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1951                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1952   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1953     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1954                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1955   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1957                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1958   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1959     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1960                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1961                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1962   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1963     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1964                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1965   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1966     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1967     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1968     NewAttr = 0;
1969   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1970     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1971 
1972   if (NewAttr) {
1973     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1974     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1975     return true;
1976   }
1977 
1978   return false;
1979 }
1980 
1981 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1982   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1983     return TD->getDefinition();
1984   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1985     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
1986     if (Def)
1987       return Def;
1988     return VD->getActingDefinition();
1989   }
1990   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1991     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1992     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
1993       return Def;
1994   }
1995   return NULL;
1996 }
1997 
1998 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1999   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2000        I != E; ++I) {
2001     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2002     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2003       return true;
2004   }
2005   return false;
2006 }
2007 
2008 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2009 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2010 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2011   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2012     return;
2013 
2014   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2015   if (!Def || Def == New)
2016     return;
2017 
2018   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2019   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2020     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2021 
2022     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2023       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2024         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2025       else {
2026         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2027         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2028                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2029                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2030                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2031         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2032         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2033         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2034       }
2035       ++I;
2036       continue;
2037     }
2038 
2039     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2040       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2041       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2042         ++I;
2043         continue;
2044       }
2045     }
2046 
2047     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2048       ++I;
2049       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2050     }
2051 
2052     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2053       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2054       ++I;
2055       continue;
2056     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2057       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2058         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2059         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2060         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2061         //   equivalent alignment.
2062         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2063         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2064         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2065         //   have no alignment specifier.
2066         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2067           << AA;
2068         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2069           << AA;
2070         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2071         --E;
2072         continue;
2073       }
2074     }
2075 
2076     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2077            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2078     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2079     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2080     --E;
2081   }
2082 }
2083 
2084 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2085 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2086                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2087   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2088     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2089     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2090     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2091   }
2092 
2093   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2094     return;
2095 
2096   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2097   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2098 
2099   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2100     return;
2101 
2102   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2103 
2104   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2105   // we process them.
2106   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2107 
2108   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2109          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2110          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2111        i != e; ++i) {
2112     bool Override = false;
2113     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2114     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2115         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2116         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2117       switch (AMK) {
2118       case AMK_None:
2119         continue;
2120 
2121       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2122         break;
2123 
2124       case AMK_Override:
2125         Override = true;
2126         break;
2127       }
2128     }
2129 
2130     // Already handled.
2131     if (isa<UsedAttr>(*i))
2132       continue;
2133 
2134     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2135       foundAny = true;
2136   }
2137 
2138   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2139     foundAny = true;
2140 
2141   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2142 }
2143 
2144 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2145 /// to the new one.
2146 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2147                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2148                                      Sema &S) {
2149   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2150   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2151   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2152   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2153   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2154   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2155     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2156            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2157     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2158     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2159     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2160       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2161     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2162       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2163     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2164            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2165   }
2166 
2167   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2168     return;
2169 
2170   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2171 
2172   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2173   // done before we process them.
2174   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2175 
2176   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2177        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2178        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2179     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2180       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2181         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2182       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2183       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2184       foundAny = true;
2185     }
2186   }
2187 
2188   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2189 }
2190 
2191 namespace {
2192 
2193 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2194 /// C.
2195 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2196   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2197   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2198   QualType PromotedType;
2199 };
2200 
2201 }
2202 
2203 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2204 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2205   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2206     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2207       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2208 
2209     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2210       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2211 
2212     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2213       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2214   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2215     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2216   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2217     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2218   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2219     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2220   }
2221 
2222   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2223 }
2224 
2225 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2226 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2227 /// GNU89 mode.
2228 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2229                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2230   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2231           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2232           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2233           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2234 }
2235 
2236 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2237   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2238   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2239     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2240   return AT;
2241 }
2242 
2243 template <typename T>
2244 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2245   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2246   if (DC->isRecord())
2247     return false;
2248 
2249   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2250   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2251     return true;
2252   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2253     return true;
2254   return false;
2255 }
2256 
2257 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2258 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2259 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2260 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2261 ///
2262 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2263 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2264 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2265 /// merged with.
2266 ///
2267 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2268 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S,
2269                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2270   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2271   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2272   if (!Old) {
2273     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2274       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2275         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2276         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2277              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2278         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2279              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2280         return true;
2281       }
2282 
2283       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2284       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2285            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2286       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2287            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2288       return true;
2289     }
2290 
2291     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2292       << New->getDeclName();
2293     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2294     return true;
2295   }
2296 
2297   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2298   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2299     return true;
2300 
2301   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2302   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2303   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2304   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2305     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2306   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2307     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2308   else
2309     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2310 
2311   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2312   // is an extern inline function.
2313   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2314   // storage classes.
2315   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2316       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2317       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2318       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2319       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2320     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2321       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2322       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2323     } else {
2324       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2325       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2326       return true;
2327     }
2328   }
2329 
2330 
2331   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2332   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2333   // convention of the first.
2334   //
2335   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2336   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2337   //
2338   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2339   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2340   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2341   //
2342   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2343   // other tests to run.
2344   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2345   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2346   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2347   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2348   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2349   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2350   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2351 
2352   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2353     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2354     const FunctionType *FT =
2355         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2356     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2357     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2358     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2359       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2360       // there but not here.
2361       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2362       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2363     } else {
2364       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2365       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2366       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2367         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2368         << !FirstCCExplicit
2369         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2370             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2371 
2372       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2373       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2374       return true;
2375     }
2376   }
2377 
2378   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2379   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2380     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2381     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2382   }
2383 
2384   // Merge regparm attribute.
2385   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2386       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2387     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2388       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2389         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2390         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2391       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2392       return true;
2393     }
2394 
2395     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2396     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2397   }
2398 
2399   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2400   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2401     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2402       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2403       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2404       return true;
2405     }
2406 
2407     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2408     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2409   }
2410 
2411   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2412     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2413     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2414     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2415     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2416     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2417   }
2418 
2419   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2420   // UndefinedButUsed.
2421   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2422       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2423       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2424       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2425       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2426     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2427                                            SourceLocation()));
2428 
2429   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2430   // about it.
2431   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2432       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2433     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2434   }
2435 
2436   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2437     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2438     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2439     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2440     //        cannot be overloaded.
2441 
2442     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2443     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2444     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2445     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2446     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2447     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2448         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2449              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2450              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2451     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2452         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2453              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2454              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2455     QualType ResQT;
2456     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2457         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2458           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2459       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2460           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2461         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2462       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2463         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2464           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2465                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2466         else
2467           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2468         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2469         return true;
2470       }
2471       else
2472         NewQType = ResQT;
2473     }
2474 
2475     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2476     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2477     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2478       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2479       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2480       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2481       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2482         New->setType(
2483             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2484                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2485                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2486         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2487             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2488                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2489                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2490       }
2491     }
2492 
2493     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2494     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2495     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2496       // Preserve triviality.
2497       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2498 
2499       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2500       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2501       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2502       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2503                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2504                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2505       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2506 
2507       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2508           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2509         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2510         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2511         //       is a static member function declaration.
2512         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2513           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2514           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2515           return true;
2516         }
2517 
2518         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2519         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2520         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2521         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2522         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2523           unsigned NewDiag;
2524           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2525             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2526           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2527             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2528           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2529             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2530           else
2531             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2532 
2533           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2534         } else {
2535           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2536             << New << New->getType();
2537         }
2538         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2539 
2540       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2541       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2542       //
2543       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2544       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2545       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2546         if (isFriend) {
2547           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2548         } else {
2549           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2550                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2551             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2552           return true;
2553         }
2554       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2555         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2556              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2557           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2558         return true;
2559       }
2560     }
2561 
2562     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2563     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2564     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2565     //   attribute.
2566     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2567     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2568       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2569       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2570            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2571     }
2572 
2573     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2574     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2575     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2576     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2577     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2578     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2579       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2580            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2581       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2582            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2583     }
2584 
2585     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2586     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2587     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2588     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2589 
2590     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2591     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2592     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2593       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2594       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2595         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2596       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2597       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2598     }
2599 
2600     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2601       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2602       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2603       //
2604       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2605       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2606       // linkage within class scope.
2607       //
2608       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2609       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2610         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2611         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2612       } else {
2613         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2614         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2615         return true;
2616       }
2617     }
2618 
2619     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2620       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2621 
2622     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2623         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2624       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2625       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2626       // when we instantiate the function.
2627       return false;
2628     }
2629 
2630     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2631   }
2632 
2633   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2634   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2635   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2636       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2637     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2638     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2639     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2640     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2641         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2642       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2643       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2644       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2645       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_type_begin(),
2646                                            OldProto->param_type_end());
2647       NewQType =
2648           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2649                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2650       New->setType(NewQType);
2651       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2652 
2653       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2654       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2655       for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator
2656                ParamType = OldProto->param_type_begin(),
2657                ParamEnd = OldProto->param_type_end();
2658            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2659         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2660                                                  SourceLocation(),
2661                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2662                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2663                                                  SC_None,
2664                                                  0);
2665         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2666         Param->setImplicit();
2667         Params.push_back(Param);
2668       }
2669 
2670       New->setParams(Params);
2671     }
2672 
2673     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2674   }
2675 
2676   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2677   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2678   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2679   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2680   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2681   // the prototype.
2682   //
2683   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2684   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2685   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2686   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2687   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2688       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2689       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2690       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2691     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2692     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2693     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2694       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2695     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2696       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2697 
2698     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2699     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2700                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2701     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2702     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2703          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2704       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2705       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2706       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2707                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2708         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2709       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2710                                             NewParm->getType(),
2711                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2712         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2713                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2714         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2715         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2716       } else
2717         LooseCompatible = false;
2718     }
2719 
2720     if (LooseCompatible) {
2721       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2722         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2723              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2724           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2725           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2726         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2727           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2728                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2729       }
2730 
2731       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2732         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2733                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2734       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2735     }
2736 
2737     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2738   }
2739 
2740   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2741   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2742 
2743   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2744   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2745   unsigned BuiltinID;
2746   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2747     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2748     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2749     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2750       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2751       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2752         << Old << Old->getType();
2753 
2754       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2755       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2756       //
2757       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2758       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2759       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2760       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2761       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2762       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2763         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2764 
2765       return false;
2766     }
2767 
2768     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2769   }
2770 
2771   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2772   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2773   return true;
2774 }
2775 
2776 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2777 /// known to be compatible.
2778 ///
2779 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2780 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2781 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2782 /// redeclaration of Old.
2783 ///
2784 /// \returns false
2785 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2786                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2787   // Merge the attributes
2788   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2789 
2790   // Merge "pure" flag.
2791   if (Old->isPure())
2792     New->setPure();
2793 
2794   // Merge "used" flag.
2795   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2796     New->setIsUsed();
2797 
2798   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2799   // declarations.
2800   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2801     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2802       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2803                                *this);
2804 
2805   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2806     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2807 
2808   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2809   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2810   // was visible.
2811   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2812   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2813     New->setType(Merged);
2814 
2815   return false;
2816 }
2817 
2818 
2819 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2820                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2821 
2822   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2823   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2824     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2825                                                    : AMK_Override;
2826   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2827 
2828   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2829   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2830                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2831   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2832          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2833        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2834     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2835 
2836   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2837 }
2838 
2839 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2840 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2841 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2842 ///
2843 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2844 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2845 /// is attached.
2846 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2847                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2848   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2849     return;
2850 
2851   QualType MergedT;
2852   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2853     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2854       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2855       return;
2856     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2857       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2858       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2859     }
2860     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2861     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2862     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2863     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2864     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2865     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2866              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2867       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2868       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2869       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2870                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2871         MergedT = New->getType();
2872     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2873                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2874       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2875       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2876       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2877                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2878         MergedT = Old->getType();
2879     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2880                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2881       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2882                                               Old->getType());
2883     }
2884   } else {
2885     // C 6.2.7p2:
2886     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2887     //   compatible type.
2888     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2889   }
2890   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2891     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2892     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2893     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2894     // equivalent.
2895     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2896     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2897          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2898       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2899       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2900       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2901       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2902         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2903       return;
2904     }
2905 
2906     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2907     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2908     //
2909     //   extern int arr[];
2910     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2911     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2912     //
2913     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2914     // to diagnose it.
2915     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2916       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2917     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2918     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2919   }
2920 
2921   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2922   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2923   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2924     New->setType(MergedT);
2925 }
2926 
2927 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2928                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2929   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2930   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2931   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2932   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2933   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2934   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2935   //
2936   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2937   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2938     return false;
2939 
2940   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2941     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2942     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2943     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2944     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2945     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2946            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2947             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2948   } else {
2949     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2950     // type unless we're in the same function.
2951     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2952            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2953   }
2954 }
2955 
2956 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2957 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2958 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2959 ///
2960 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2961 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2962 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2963 ///
2964 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2965   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2966   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2967     return;
2968 
2969   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
2970 
2971   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2972   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2973   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0;
2974   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
2975     if (NewTemplate) {
2976       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2977       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0;
2978     } else
2979       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2980   }
2981   if (!Old) {
2982     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2983       << New->getDeclName();
2984     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2985          diag::note_previous_definition);
2986     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2987   }
2988 
2989   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2990     return;
2991 
2992   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
2993   if (NewTemplate &&
2994       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2995                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
2996                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
2997     return;
2998 
2999   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3000   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3001   //
3002   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3003   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3004     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3005       << New->getIdentifier();
3006     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3007     New->setInvalidDecl();
3008   }
3009 
3010   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3011   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3012   // declaration
3013   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3014       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3015       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3016     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3017     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3018     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3019     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3020   }
3021 
3022   // Merge the types.
3023   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3024 
3025   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3026     return;
3027 
3028   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3029   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3030       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3031       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3032     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3033     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3034     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3035   }
3036   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3037   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3038   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3039   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3040   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3041   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3042   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3043   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3044   //   identifier has external linkage.
3045   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3046     /* Okay */;
3047   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3048            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3049            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3050     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3051     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3052     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3053   }
3054 
3055   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3056   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3057       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3058     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3059     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3060     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3061   }
3062   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3063       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3064     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3065     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3066     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3067   }
3068 
3069   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3070 
3071   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3072   // need to check for mismatches.
3073   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3074       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3075       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3076         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3077     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3078     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3079     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3080   }
3081 
3082   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3083     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3084       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3085       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3086     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3087       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3088       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3089     } else {
3090       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3091       // static and dynamic initialization.
3092       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3093       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3094       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3095         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3096       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3097     }
3098   }
3099 
3100   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3101   const VarDecl *Def;
3102   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3103       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3104       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3105     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3106     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3107     New->setInvalidDecl();
3108     return;
3109   }
3110 
3111   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3112     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3113     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3114     New->setInvalidDecl();
3115     return;
3116   }
3117 
3118   // Merge "used" flag.
3119   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3120     New->setIsUsed();
3121 
3122   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3123   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3124   if (NewTemplate)
3125     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3126 
3127   // Inherit access appropriately.
3128   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3129   if (NewTemplate)
3130     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3131 }
3132 
3133 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3134 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3135 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3136                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3137   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3138 }
3139 
3140 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) {
3141   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3142     return;
3143 
3144   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3145     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3146     // it is anonymous.
3147     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3148       return;
3149     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3150         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3151     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag));
3152     return;
3153   }
3154 
3155   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3156   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3157   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3158           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3159                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3160     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag));
3161   }
3162 }
3163 
3164 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3165 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3166 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3167 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3168                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3169                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3170                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3171   Decl *TagD = 0;
3172   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3173   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3174       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3175       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3176       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3177       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3178     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3179 
3180     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3181       return 0;
3182 
3183     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3184     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3185     // it's a Type.
3186     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3187       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3188     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3189       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3190   }
3191 
3192   if (Tag) {
3193     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
3194     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3195     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3196       return Tag;
3197   }
3198 
3199   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3200     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3201     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3202     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3203       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3204            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3205            << DS.getSourceRange();
3206   }
3207 
3208   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3209     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3210     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3211     if (Tag)
3212       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3213         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3214             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3215             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3216             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3217     else
3218       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3219     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3220     return TagD;
3221   }
3222 
3223   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3224 
3225   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3226     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3227     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3228     if (TagD && !Tag)
3229       return 0;
3230     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3231   }
3232 
3233   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3234   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3235     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3236   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3237       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3238     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3239     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3240     // or an explicit specialization.
3241     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3242     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3243       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3244           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3245           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3246           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3247       << SS.getRange();
3248     return 0;
3249   }
3250 
3251   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3252   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3253 
3254   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3255   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3256     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3257         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3258       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3259           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3260         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3261 
3262       DeclaresAnything = false;
3263     }
3264   }
3265 
3266   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3267   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3268       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3269       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3270     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3271     //   struct STRUCT;
3272     // and
3273     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3274     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3275     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3276         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3277          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3278       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3279         << DS.getSourceRange();
3280       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3281     }
3282   }
3283 
3284   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3285   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3286       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3287     return TagD;
3288 
3289   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3290       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3291     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3292       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3293           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3294         DeclaresAnything = false;
3295 
3296   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3297     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3298     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3299       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3300         << DS.getSourceRange();
3301     else
3302       DeclaresAnything = false;
3303   }
3304 
3305   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3306       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3307     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3308       << Tag->getTagKind()
3309       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3310 
3311   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3312 
3313   // C 6.7/2:
3314   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3315   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3316   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3317   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3318   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3319   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3320   //   previous declaration.
3321   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3322     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3323     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3324     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3325     return TagD;
3326   }
3327 
3328   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3329   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3330   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3331   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3332   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3333   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3334   //
3335   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3336   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3337   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3338     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3339 
3340   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3341   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3342   // useless.
3343   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3344     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3345       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3346         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3347 
3348   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3349     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3350       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3351   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3352     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3353       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3354     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3355       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3356     // Restrict is covered above.
3357     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3358       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3359   }
3360 
3361   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3362   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3363   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3364   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3365     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3366     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3367         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3368         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3369         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3370         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3371       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3372       while (attrs) {
3373         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3374         << attrs->getName()
3375         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3376             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3377             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3378             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3379         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3380       }
3381     }
3382   }
3383 
3384   return TagD;
3385 }
3386 
3387 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3388 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3389 ///
3390 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3391 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3392                                          Scope *S,
3393                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3394                                          DeclarationName Name,
3395                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3396                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3397   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3398                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3399   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3400 
3401   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3402     return false;
3403 
3404   // Pick a representative declaration.
3405   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3406   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3407 
3408   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3409     return false;
3410 
3411   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3412   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3413 
3414   return true;
3415 }
3416 
3417 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3418 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3419 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3420 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3421 /// struct, e.g.,
3422 ///
3423 /// @code
3424 /// union {
3425 ///   int i;
3426 ///   float f;
3427 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3428 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3429 /// @endcode
3430 ///
3431 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3432 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3433 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3434                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3435                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3436                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3437                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3438                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3439   unsigned diagKind
3440     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3441                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3442 
3443   bool Invalid = false;
3444 
3445   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3446   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3447                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3448        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3449     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3450         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3451       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3452       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3453                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3454         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3455         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3456         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3457         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3458         Invalid = true;
3459       } else {
3460         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3461         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3462         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3463         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3464         //   anonymous union is declared.
3465         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3466         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3467           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3468                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3469             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3470         else
3471           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3472 
3473         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3474         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3475           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3476         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3477           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3478 
3479         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3480           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3481                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3482                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3483 
3484         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3485         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3486         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3487 
3488         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3489         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3490 
3491         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3492       }
3493     }
3494   }
3495 
3496   return Invalid;
3497 }
3498 
3499 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3500 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3501 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3502 static StorageClass
3503 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3504   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3505   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3506          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3507   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3508   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3509   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3510     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3511       return SC_None;
3512     return SC_Extern;
3513   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3514   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3515   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3516   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3517     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3518   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3519   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3520   }
3521   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3522 }
3523 
3524 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3525   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3526 
3527   for (DeclContext::decl_iterator I = Record->decls_begin(),
3528                                   E = Record->decls_end();
3529        I != E; ++I) {
3530     FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*I);
3531     if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*I))
3532       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3533     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3534       return FD->getLocation();
3535   }
3536 
3537   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3538 }
3539 
3540 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3541                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3542   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3543     return;
3544 
3545   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3546   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3547 }
3548 
3549 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3550                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3551   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3552     return;
3553 
3554   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3555 }
3556 
3557 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3558 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3559 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3560 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3561 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3562                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3563                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3564                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3565   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3566 
3567   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3568   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3569     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3570   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3571     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3572   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3573     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3574 
3575   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3576   // structs/unions.
3577   bool Invalid = false;
3578   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3579     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3580     unsigned DiagID;
3581     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3582       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3583       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3584       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3585       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3586           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3587            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3588             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3589         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3590           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3591 
3592         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3593         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3594                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3595       }
3596       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3597       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3598       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3599       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3600                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3601         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3602              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3603           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3604 
3605         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3606         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3607                                SourceLocation(),
3608                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3609       }
3610     }
3611 
3612     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3613     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3614       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3615         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3616           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3617           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3618       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3619         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3620              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3621           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3622           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3623       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3624         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3625              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3626           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3627           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3628       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3629         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3630              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3631           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3632           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3633 
3634       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3635     }
3636 
3637     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3638     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3639     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3640     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3641     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3642                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3643          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3644       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3645         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3646         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3647         //   members (clause 11).
3648         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3649         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3650           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3651             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3652           Invalid = true;
3653         }
3654 
3655         // C++ [class.union]p1
3656         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3657         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3658         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3659         //   array of such objects.
3660         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3661           Invalid = true;
3662       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3663         // Any implicit members are fine.
3664       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3665         // This is a type that showed up in an
3666         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3667         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3668         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3669       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3670         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3671             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3672           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3673           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3674             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3675               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3676           else {
3677             // This is a nested type declaration.
3678             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3679               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3680             Invalid = true;
3681           }
3682         } else {
3683           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3684           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3685           // not part of standard C++.
3686           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3687                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3688             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3689         }
3690       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3691         // Any access specifier is fine.
3692       } else {
3693         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3694         // member. Complain about it.
3695         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3696         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3697           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3698         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3699           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3700         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3701           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3702 
3703         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3704         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3705             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3706           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3707             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3708         else {
3709           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3710               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3711           Invalid = true;
3712         }
3713       }
3714     }
3715 
3716     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3717     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3718     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3719     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3720         Owner->isRecord())
3721       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3722                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3723   }
3724 
3725   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3726     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3727       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3728     Invalid = true;
3729   }
3730 
3731   // Mock up a declarator.
3732   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3733   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3734   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3735 
3736   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3737   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3738   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3739     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3740                              DS.getLocStart(),
3741                              Record->getLocation(),
3742                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3743                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3744                              TInfo,
3745                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3746                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3747     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3748     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3749       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3750   } else {
3751     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3752     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3753     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3754       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3755       // an error here
3756       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3757       Invalid = true;
3758       SC = SC_None;
3759     }
3760 
3761     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3762                            DS.getLocStart(),
3763                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3764                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3765                            TInfo, SC);
3766 
3767     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3768     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3769     // initializer:
3770     //   union { int n = 0; };
3771     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3772   }
3773   Anon->setImplicit();
3774 
3775   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3776   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3777 
3778   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3779   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3780   // its members.
3781   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3782 
3783   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3784   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3785   // purposes.
3786   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3787   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3788 
3789   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3790                                           Chain, false))
3791     Invalid = true;
3792 
3793   if (Invalid)
3794     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3795 
3796   return Anon;
3797 }
3798 
3799 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3800 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3801 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3802 /// Example:
3803 ///
3804 /// struct A { int a; };
3805 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3806 ///
3807 /// void foo() {
3808 ///   B var;
3809 ///   var.a = 3;
3810 /// }
3811 ///
3812 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3813                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3814 
3815   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3816   if (!Record)
3817     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3818 
3819   // Mock up a declarator.
3820   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3821   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3822   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3823 
3824   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3825   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3826                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3827                              DS.getLocStart(),
3828                              DS.getLocStart(),
3829                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3830                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3831                              TInfo,
3832                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3833                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3834   Anon->setImplicit();
3835 
3836   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3837   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3838 
3839   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3840   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3841   // purposes.
3842   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3843   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3844 
3845   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3846   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3847                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3848                                                         Chain, true))
3849     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3850 
3851   return Anon;
3852 }
3853 
3854 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3855 /// given Declarator.
3856 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3857   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3858 }
3859 
3860 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3861 DeclarationNameInfo
3862 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3863   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3864   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3865 
3866   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3867 
3868   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3869   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3870     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3871     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3872     return NameInfo;
3873 
3874   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3875     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3876                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3877     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3878     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3879       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3880     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3881       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3882     return NameInfo;
3883 
3884   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3885     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3886                                                            Name.Identifier));
3887     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3888     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3889     return NameInfo;
3890 
3891   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3892     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3893     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3894     if (Ty.isNull())
3895       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3896     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3897                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3898     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3899     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3900     return NameInfo;
3901   }
3902 
3903   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3904     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3905     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3906     if (Ty.isNull())
3907       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3908     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3909                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3910     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3911     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3912     return NameInfo;
3913   }
3914 
3915   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3916     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3917     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3918     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3919     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3920     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3921       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3922 
3923     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3924     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3925 
3926     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3927     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3928     // was qualified.
3929 
3930     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3931                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3932     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3933     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3934     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3935     return NameInfo;
3936   }
3937 
3938   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3939     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3940     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3941     if (Ty.isNull())
3942       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3943     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3944                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3945     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3946     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3947     return NameInfo;
3948   }
3949 
3950   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3951     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3952     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3953     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3954   }
3955 
3956   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3957 
3958   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3959 }
3960 
3961 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3962   do {
3963     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3964       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3965     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3966       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3967     else
3968       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3969   } while (true);
3970 }
3971 
3972 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3973 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3974 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3975 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3976 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3977 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3978 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3979 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3980                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3981                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3982                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3983   Params.clear();
3984   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3985     return false;
3986   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3987     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3988     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3989 
3990     // The parameter types are identical
3991     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3992       continue;
3993 
3994     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3995     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3996     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3997     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3998 
3999     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4000         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4001       Params.push_back(Idx);
4002     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4003       return false;
4004   }
4005 
4006   return true;
4007 }
4008 
4009 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4010 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4011 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4012 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4013 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4014 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4015                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4016   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4017   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4018   //   - types which will become injected class names
4019   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4020   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4021   // few cases here.
4022 
4023   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4024   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4025   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4026   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4027   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4028   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4029     // Grab the type from the parser.
4030     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4031     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4032     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4033 
4034     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4035     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4036     // attached already.
4037     if (!TSI)
4038       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4039 
4040     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4041     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4042     if (!TSI) return true;
4043 
4044     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4045     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4046     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4047     break;
4048   }
4049 
4050   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4051   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4052     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4053     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4054     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4055     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4056     break;
4057   }
4058 
4059   default:
4060     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4061     break;
4062   }
4063 
4064   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4065   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4066     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4067 
4068     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4069     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4070     // pointer.
4071     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4072       continue;
4073 
4074     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4075     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4076     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4077       return true;
4078   }
4079 
4080   return false;
4081 }
4082 
4083 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4084   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4085   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4086 
4087   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4088       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4089     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4090 
4091   return Dcl;
4092 }
4093 
4094 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4095 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4096 ///   name different from T:
4097 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4098 ///     - every member function of class T
4099 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4100 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4101 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4102                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4103   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4104 
4105   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4106     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4107       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4108       return true;
4109     }
4110 
4111   return false;
4112 }
4113 
4114 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4115 /// nested-name-specifier.
4116 ///
4117 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4118 ///
4119 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4120 /// resolves.
4121 ///
4122 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4123 ///
4124 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4125 ///
4126 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4127 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4128                                         DeclarationName Name,
4129                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4130   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4131   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4132     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4133 
4134   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4135   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4136   //
4137   // class X {
4138   //   void X::f();
4139   // };
4140   //
4141   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4142   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4143   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4144     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4145       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4146                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4147         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4148       SS.clear();
4149     } else {
4150       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4151     }
4152     return false;
4153   }
4154 
4155   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4156   // declaration.
4157   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4158     if (Cur->isRecord())
4159       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4160         << Name << SS.getRange();
4161     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4162       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4163         << Name << SS.getRange();
4164     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4165       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4166         << Name << SS.getRange();
4167     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4168       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4169         << Name << SS.getRange();
4170     else
4171       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4172       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4173 
4174     return true;
4175   }
4176 
4177   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4178     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4179     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4180       << Name << SS.getRange();
4181     SS.clear();
4182 
4183     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4184     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4185     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4186     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4187          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4188         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4189                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4190       return true;
4191 
4192     return false;
4193   }
4194 
4195   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4196   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4197   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4198   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4199   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4200     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4201   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4202         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4203     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4204       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4205 
4206   return false;
4207 }
4208 
4209 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4210                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4211   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4212   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4213   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4214 
4215   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4216   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4217   if (!Name) {
4218     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4219       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4220            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4221         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4222     return 0;
4223   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4224     return 0;
4225 
4226   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4227   // we find one that is.
4228   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4229          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4230     S = S->getParent();
4231 
4232   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4233   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4234     D.setInvalidType();
4235   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4236     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4237                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4238       return 0;
4239 
4240     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4241     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4242     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4243       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4244       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4245       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4246       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4247       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4248            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4249         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4250         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4251       return 0;
4252     }
4253     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4254 
4255     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4256         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4257       return 0;
4258 
4259     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4260       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4261            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4262         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4263       D.setInvalidType();
4264     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4265       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4266                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4267         if (DC->isRecord())
4268           return 0;
4269 
4270         D.setInvalidType();
4271       }
4272     }
4273 
4274     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4275     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4276     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4277         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4278       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4279       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4280         D.setInvalidType();
4281     }
4282   }
4283 
4284   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4285     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4286     // Just return early; it's safer.
4287     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4288       return 0;
4289 
4290   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4291   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4292 
4293   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4294                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4295     D.setInvalidType();
4296 
4297   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4298                         ForRedeclaration);
4299 
4300   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4301   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4302     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4303     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4304 
4305     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4306     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4307     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4308     //
4309     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4310     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4311     // the same name.
4312     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4313       /* Do nothing*/;
4314     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4315              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4316               R->isFunctionType())) {
4317       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4318       CreateBuiltins =
4319           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4320     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4321                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4322       CreateBuiltins = true;
4323 
4324     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4325       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4326 
4327     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4328   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4329     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4330 
4331     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4332     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4333     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4334     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4335     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4336     //  thereof; [...]
4337     //
4338     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4339     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4340     // we want to match. For example, given:
4341     //
4342     //   class X {
4343     //     void f();
4344     //     void f(float);
4345     //   };
4346     //
4347     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4348     //
4349     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4350     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4351     // matches.
4352 
4353     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4354     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4355     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4356     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4357     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4358   }
4359 
4360   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4361       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4362     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4363     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4364       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4365                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4366 
4367     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4368     Previous.clear();
4369   }
4370 
4371   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4372   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4373   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4374   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4375   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4376       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4377     Previous.clear();
4378 
4379   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4380   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4381   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4382     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4383 
4384   NamedDecl *New;
4385 
4386   bool AddToScope = true;
4387   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4388     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4389       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4390       return 0;
4391     }
4392 
4393     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4394   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4395     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4396                                   TemplateParamLists,
4397                                   AddToScope);
4398   } else {
4399     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4400                                   AddToScope);
4401   }
4402 
4403   if (New == 0)
4404     return 0;
4405 
4406   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4407   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4408   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4409        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4410     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4411     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4412     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4413     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4414     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4415     if (!AddToContext)
4416       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4417   }
4418 
4419   return New;
4420 }
4421 
4422 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4423 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4424 /// GCC compatibility).
4425 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4426                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4427                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4428                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4429   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4430   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4431   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4432   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4433   SizeIsNegative = false;
4434   Oversized = 0;
4435 
4436   if (T->isDependentType())
4437     return QualType();
4438 
4439   QualifierCollector Qs;
4440   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4441 
4442   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4443     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4444     QualType FixedType =
4445         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4446                                             Oversized);
4447     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4448     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4449     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4450   }
4451   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4452     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4453     QualType FixedType =
4454         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4455                                             Oversized);
4456     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4457     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4458     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4459   }
4460 
4461   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4462   if (!VLATy)
4463     return QualType();
4464   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4465   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4466     return QualType();
4467 
4468   llvm::APSInt Res;
4469   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4470       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4471     return QualType();
4472 
4473   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4474   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4475     SizeIsNegative = true;
4476     return QualType();
4477   }
4478 
4479   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4480   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4481     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4482                                               Res);
4483   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4484     Oversized = Res;
4485     return QualType();
4486   }
4487 
4488   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4489                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4490 }
4491 
4492 static void
4493 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4494   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4495     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4496     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4497                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4498     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4499     return;
4500   }
4501   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4502     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4503     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4504                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4505     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4506     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4507     return;
4508   }
4509   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4510   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4511   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4512   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4513   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4514   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4515   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4516   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4517 }
4518 
4519 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4520 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4521 /// GCC compatibility).
4522 static TypeSourceInfo*
4523 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4524                                               ASTContext &Context,
4525                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4526                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4527   QualType FixedTy
4528     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4529                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4530   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4531     return 0;
4532   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4533   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4534                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4535   return FixedTInfo;
4536 }
4537 
4538 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4539 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4540 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4541 /// function-scope declarations.
4542 void
4543 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4544   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4545       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4546     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4547     return;
4548 
4549   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4550   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4551   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4552   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4553 }
4554 
4555 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4556   if (ExternalSource) {
4557     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4558     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4559     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4560     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4561     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4562       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4563         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4564       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4565         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4566     }
4567   }
4568 
4569   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4570   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4571 }
4572 
4573 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4574 /// does not identify a function.
4575 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4576   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4577   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4578   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4579     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4580          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4581 
4582   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4583     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4584          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4585 
4586   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4587     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4588          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4589 
4590   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4591     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4592          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4593 }
4594 
4595 NamedDecl*
4596 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4597                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4598   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4599   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4600     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4601       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4602     D.setInvalidType();
4603     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4604     DC = CurContext;
4605     Previous.clear();
4606   }
4607 
4608   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4609 
4610   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4611     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4612       << 1;
4613 
4614   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4615     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4616       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4617     return 0;
4618   }
4619 
4620   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4621   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4622 
4623   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4624   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4625 
4626   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4627 
4628   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4629   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4630   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4631   return ND;
4632 }
4633 
4634 void
4635 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4636   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4637   // then it shall have block scope.
4638   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4639   // that redeclarations will match.
4640   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4641   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4642   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4643     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4644 
4645     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4646       bool SizeIsNegative;
4647       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4648       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4649         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4650                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4651                                                       Oversized);
4652       if (FixedTInfo) {
4653         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4654         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4655       } else {
4656         if (SizeIsNegative)
4657           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4658         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4659           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4660         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4661           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4662             << Oversized.toString(10);
4663         else
4664           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4665         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4666       }
4667     }
4668   }
4669 }
4670 
4671 
4672 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4673 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4674 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4675 NamedDecl*
4676 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4677                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4678   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4679   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4680   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4681                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4682   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4683   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4684     Redeclaration = true;
4685     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4686   }
4687 
4688   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4689   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4690     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4691         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4692       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4693         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4694       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4695         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4696       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4697         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4698       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4699         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4700     }
4701 
4702   return NewTD;
4703 }
4704 
4705 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4706 /// previous declaration.
4707 ///
4708 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4709 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4710 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4711 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4712 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4713 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4714 ///
4715 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4716 /// lookup
4717 ///
4718 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4719 /// declared.
4720 ///
4721 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4722 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4723 static bool
4724 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4725                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4726   if (!PrevDecl)
4727     return false;
4728 
4729   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4730     return false;
4731 
4732   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4733     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4734     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4735     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4736     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4737     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4738     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4739     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4740     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4741       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4742       return false;
4743 
4744     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4745     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4746       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4747       return false;
4748 
4749     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4750     // previous declarations.
4751     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4752     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4753 
4754     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4755     // isn't the same function.
4756     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4757       return false;
4758   }
4759 
4760   return true;
4761 }
4762 
4763 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4764   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4765   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4766   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4767 }
4768 
4769 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4770   QualType type = decl->getType();
4771   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4772   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4773     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4774     unsigned kind = -1U;
4775     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4776       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4777         kind = 0; // __block
4778       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4779         kind = 1; // global
4780     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4781       kind = 3; // ivar
4782     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4783       kind = 2; // field
4784     }
4785 
4786     if (kind != -1U) {
4787       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4788         << kind;
4789     }
4790   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4791     // Try to infer lifetime.
4792     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4793       return false;
4794 
4795     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4796     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4797     decl->setType(type);
4798   }
4799 
4800   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4801     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4802     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4803         var->getTLSKind()) {
4804       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4805         << var->getType();
4806       return true;
4807     }
4808   }
4809 
4810   return false;
4811 }
4812 
4813 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4814   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4815   // the wrong linkage.
4816   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4817 
4818   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4819   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4820     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4821       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4822       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4823     }
4824   }
4825   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4826     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4827       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4828       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4829     }
4830   }
4831 
4832   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4833   // It does not apply to functions.
4834   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4835     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4836       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4837       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4838     }
4839   }
4840 }
4841 
4842 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4843 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4844 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4845 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4846   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4847 
4848   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4849   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4850 
4851   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4852   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4853     return false;
4854 
4855   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4856 
4857 #ifndef NDEBUG
4858   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4859   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4860   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4861   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4862   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4863 #endif
4864 
4865   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4866 
4867 #ifndef NDEBUG
4868   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4869 #endif
4870 
4871   return isC99Inline;
4872 }
4873 
4874 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4875 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4876 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4877 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4878 ///
4879 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4880 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4881 ///
4882 /// For instance:
4883 ///
4884 ///   auto x = []{};
4885 ///
4886 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4887 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4888 ///
4889 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4890 template<typename T>
4891 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4892   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4893     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4894     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4895       return false;
4896   }
4897   return D->isExternC();
4898 }
4899 
4900 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4901   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4902   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4903     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4904   if (DC->isFileContext())
4905     return true;
4906   if (DC->isRecord())
4907     return false;
4908   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4909 }
4910 
4911 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4912   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4913   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4914     return true;
4915   if (DC->isRecord())
4916     return false;
4917   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4918 }
4919 
4920 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4921 /// function-local external declaration.
4922 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4923   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4924     return false;
4925 
4926   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4927   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4928   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4929   if (DC->isDependentContext())
4930     return true;
4931 
4932   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4933   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4934   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4935   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
4936   //
4937   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4938   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4939   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4940     DC = DC->getParent();
4941   return true;
4942 }
4943 
4944 NamedDecl *
4945 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4946                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4947                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4948                               bool &AddToScope) {
4949   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4950   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4951 
4952   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4953   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4954     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4955 
4956   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4957   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4958                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4959 
4960   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4961     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4962     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4963     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4964       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4965       D.setInvalidType();
4966     }
4967   }
4968 
4969   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4970     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4971     // an error here
4972     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4973     D.setInvalidType();
4974     SC = SC_None;
4975   }
4976 
4977   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4978       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4979                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4980     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4981     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4982     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4983     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4984          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4985       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4986   }
4987 
4988   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4989   if (!II) {
4990     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4991       << Name;
4992     return 0;
4993   }
4994 
4995   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4996 
4997   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4998     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4999     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5000     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
5001       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
5002       // is a GNU extension.
5003       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
5004         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
5005       else
5006         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5007       D.setInvalidType();
5008     }
5009   }
5010 
5011   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5012     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5013     // OpenCL __local address space.
5014     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5015       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5016     }
5017 
5018     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5019     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5020     // space qualifiers.
5021     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5022       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5023       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5024     }
5025 
5026     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5027     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5028     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5029     // address space qualifiers.
5030     if (R->isEventT()) {
5031       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5032         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5033         D.setInvalidType();
5034       }
5035 
5036       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5037         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5038         D.setInvalidType();
5039       }
5040     }
5041   }
5042 
5043   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5044   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5045   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5046   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5047   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5048   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5049   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
5050   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5051     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5052                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5053                             R, TInfo, SC);
5054 
5055     if (D.isInvalidType())
5056       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5057   } else {
5058     bool Invalid = false;
5059 
5060     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5061       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5062       switch (SC) {
5063       case SC_None:
5064         break;
5065       case SC_Static:
5066         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5067              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5068           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5069         break;
5070       case SC_Auto:
5071       case SC_Register:
5072       case SC_Extern:
5073         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5074         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5075         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5076         // of class members
5077 
5078         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5079              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5080           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5081         break;
5082       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5083         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5084       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5085         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5086       }
5087     }
5088 
5089     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5090       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5091         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5092           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5093                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5094             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5095 
5096         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5097         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5098         if (RD->isUnion())
5099           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5100                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5101                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5102                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5103         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5104         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5105           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5106                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5107             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5108       }
5109     }
5110 
5111     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5112     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5113     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5114         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5115         D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5116         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5117 
5118     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5119         !TemplateParams) {
5120       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5121 
5122       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5123       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5124       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5125       // too few of them).
5126       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5127       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5128       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5129           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5130           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5131                                         "template<> ");
5132       IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
5133       TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(),
5134                                                      SourceLocation(), 0, 0,
5135                                                      SourceLocation());
5136     }
5137 
5138     if (TemplateParams) {
5139       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5140           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5141         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5142         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5143         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5144              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5145           << II
5146           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5147                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5148         TemplateParams = 0;
5149       } else {
5150         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5151         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5152              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5153                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5154                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5155 
5156         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5157           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5158           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5159           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5160           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5161         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5162           // This is a template declaration.
5163           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5164 
5165           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5166           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5167             return 0;
5168         }
5169       }
5170     }
5171 
5172     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5173       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5174           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5175               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5176               : SourceLocation();
5177       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5178           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5179           IsPartialSpecialization);
5180       if (Res.isInvalid())
5181         return 0;
5182       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5183       AddToScope = false;
5184     } else
5185       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5186                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5187 
5188     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5189     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5190       NewTemplate =
5191           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5192                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5193       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5194     }
5195 
5196     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5197     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5198     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5199       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5200 
5201     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5202       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5203       if (NewTemplate)
5204         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5205     }
5206 
5207     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5208 
5209     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5210     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5211     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5212     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5213       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5214           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5215           TemplateParamLists.data());
5216 
5217     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5218       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5219   }
5220 
5221   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5222   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5223   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5224   if (NewTemplate)
5225     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5226 
5227   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5228     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5229 
5230   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5231     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5232       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5233       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5234       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5235       //   explicitly.
5236       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5237       //   'extern'.
5238       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5239           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5240           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5241         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5242       else
5243         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5244              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5245           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5246     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5247       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5248            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5249     else
5250       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5251   }
5252 
5253   // C99 6.7.4p3
5254   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5255   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5256   //   thread storage duration...
5257   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5258   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5259   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5260   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5261   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5262   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5263       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5264     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5265     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5266       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5267            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5268       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5269     }
5270   }
5271 
5272   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5273     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5274       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5275           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5276           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5277                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5278     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5279       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5280         << 2
5281         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5282     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5283       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5284         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5285         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5286         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5287     else {
5288       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5289       if (NewTemplate)
5290         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5291     }
5292   }
5293 
5294   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5295   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5296 
5297   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5298     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5299 
5300   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5301     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5302     // storage [duration]."
5303     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5304         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5305          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5306       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5307     }
5308   }
5309 
5310   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5311   // retainable type.
5312   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5313     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5314 
5315   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5316   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5317     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5318     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5319     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5320     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5321       switch (SC) {
5322       case SC_None:
5323       case SC_Auto:
5324         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5325         break;
5326       case SC_Register:
5327         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5328           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5329         break;
5330       case SC_Static:
5331       case SC_Extern:
5332       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5333       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5334         break;
5335       }
5336     }
5337 
5338     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5339                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5340   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5341     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5342       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5343     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5344       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5345       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5346     }
5347   }
5348 
5349   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5350   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5351     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5352 
5353   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5354   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5355   // declaration has linkage).
5356   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5357                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5358                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5359                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5360 
5361   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5362   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5363   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5364       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5365     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5366         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5367         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5368 
5369   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5370     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5371   } else {
5372     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5373     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5374         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5375       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5376 
5377     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5378     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5379       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5380           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5381           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5382         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5383         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5384         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5385           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5386         Previous.clear();
5387         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5388       }
5389     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5390       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5391       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5392         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5393         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5394       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5395     }
5396 
5397     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5398       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5399 
5400     if (NewTemplate) {
5401       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5402           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5403               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5404               : 0;
5405 
5406       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5407       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5408       // template declaration.
5409       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5410               TemplateParams,
5411               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5412                               : 0,
5413               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5414                DC->isDependentContext())
5415                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5416                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5417         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5418 
5419       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5420       // template, make a note of that.
5421       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5422           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5423         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5424     }
5425   }
5426 
5427   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5428 
5429   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5430   // the map of such variables.
5431   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5432       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5433     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5434 
5435   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5436     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5437     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5438             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5439                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5440       Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD));
5441     }
5442   }
5443 
5444   if (NewTemplate) {
5445     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5446       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5447     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5448     return NewTemplate;
5449   }
5450 
5451   return NewVD;
5452 }
5453 
5454 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5455 /// -Wshadow.
5456 ///
5457 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5458 /// scope.
5459 ///
5460 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5461 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5462 ///
5463 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5464   // Return if warning is ignored.
5465   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5466         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5467     return;
5468 
5469   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5470   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5471     return;
5472 
5473   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5474 
5475   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5476   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5477     return;
5478 
5479   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5480   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5481     return;
5482 
5483   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5484   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5485     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5486       if (MD->isStatic())
5487         return;
5488 
5489   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5490     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5491       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5492       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5493       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5494              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5495            I != E; ++I)
5496         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5497           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5498           break;
5499         }
5500     }
5501 
5502   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5503 
5504   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5505   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5506     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5507     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5508       return;
5509 
5510     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5511     // static data members from base classes?
5512 
5513     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5514     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5515     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5516   }
5517 
5518   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5519   unsigned Kind;
5520   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5521     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5522       Kind = 3; // field
5523     else
5524       Kind = 2; // static data member
5525   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5526     Kind = 1; // global
5527   else
5528     Kind = 0; // local
5529 
5530   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5531 
5532   // Emit warning and note.
5533   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5534     return;
5535   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5536   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5537 }
5538 
5539 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5540 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5541   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5542         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5543     return;
5544 
5545   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5546                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5547   LookupName(R, S);
5548   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5549 }
5550 
5551 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5552 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5553 template<typename T>
5554 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5555     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5556   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5557   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5558 
5559   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5560     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5561     // declaration.
5562     return false;
5563   }
5564 
5565   if (Prev) {
5566     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5567       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5568       // redeclaration.
5569       Previous.clear();
5570       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5571       return true;
5572     }
5573 
5574     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5575     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5576     // declaration.
5577     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5578       return false;
5579   } else {
5580     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5581     // translation unit which might conflict.
5582     if (IsGlobal) {
5583       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5584       IsGlobal = false;
5585       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5586            I != E; ++I) {
5587         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5588           Prev = *I;
5589           break;
5590         }
5591       }
5592     } else {
5593       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5594           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5595       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5596            I != E; ++I) {
5597         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5598           Prev = *I;
5599           break;
5600         }
5601         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5602         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5603         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5604         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5605         // diagnostic.
5606       }
5607     }
5608 
5609     if (!Prev)
5610       return false;
5611   }
5612 
5613   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5614   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5615   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5616   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5617     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5618   else
5619     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5620 
5621   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5622     << IsGlobal << ND;
5623   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5624     << IsGlobal;
5625   return false;
5626 }
5627 
5628 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5629 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5630 ///
5631 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5632 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5633 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5634 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5635 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5636 template<typename T>
5637 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5638                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5639   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5640     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5641     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5642     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5643     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5644       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5645         Previous.clear();
5646         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5647         return true;
5648       }
5649     }
5650     return false;
5651   }
5652 
5653   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5654   // declaration.
5655   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5656     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5657 
5658   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5659   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5660   // in another scope.
5661   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5662     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5663 
5664   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5665   return false;
5666 }
5667 
5668 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5669   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5670   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5671     return;
5672 
5673   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5674   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5675 
5676   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5677   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5678     return;
5679 
5680   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5681     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5682       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5683     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5684     NewVD->setType(T);
5685   }
5686 
5687   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5688   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5689   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5690   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5691   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5692     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5693     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5694     return;
5695   }
5696 
5697   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5698   // __constant address space.
5699   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5700       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5701       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5702     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5703     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5704     return;
5705   }
5706 
5707   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5708   // scope.
5709   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5710       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5711     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5712     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5713     return;
5714   }
5715 
5716   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5717       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5718     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5719       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5720     else {
5721       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5722       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5723     }
5724   }
5725 
5726   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5727   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5728       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5729     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5730 
5731   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5732       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5733     bool SizeIsNegative;
5734     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5735     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5736       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5737                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5738     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5739       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5740       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5741       // int a[10][n];
5742       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5743 
5744       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5745         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5746         << SizeRange;
5747       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5748         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5749         << SizeRange;
5750       else
5751         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5752         << SizeRange;
5753       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5754       return;
5755     }
5756 
5757     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5758       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5759         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5760       else
5761         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5762       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5763       return;
5764     }
5765 
5766     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5767     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5768     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5769   }
5770 
5771   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5772     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5773     //                    of objects and functions.
5774     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5775       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5776         << T;
5777       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5778       return;
5779     }
5780   }
5781 
5782   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5783     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5784     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5785     return;
5786   }
5787 
5788   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5789     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5790     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5791     return;
5792   }
5793 
5794   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5795       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5796                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5797     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5798     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5799     return;
5800   }
5801 }
5802 
5803 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5804 /// declaration.
5805 ///
5806 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5807 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5808 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5809 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5810 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5811 ///
5812 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5813 ///
5814 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5815 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5816   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5817 
5818   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5819   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5820     return false;
5821 
5822   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5823   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5824   if (Previous.empty() &&
5825       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5826     Previous.setShadowed();
5827 
5828   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5829   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5830 
5831   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5832     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5833     return true;
5834   }
5835   return false;
5836 }
5837 
5838 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5839 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5840   Sema *S;
5841   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5842 };
5843 
5844 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5845 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5846 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5847 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5848                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5849                                  void *UserData) {
5850   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5851 
5852   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5853     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5854 
5855   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5856 
5857   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5858   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5859     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5860     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5861     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5862 
5863     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5864   }
5865 
5866   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5867        !Path.Decls.empty();
5868        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5869     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5870     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5871       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5872         return true;
5873     }
5874   }
5875 
5876   return false;
5877 }
5878 
5879 namespace {
5880   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5881 }
5882 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5883 /// overriden methods.
5884 ///
5885 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5886 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5887 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5888 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5889                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5890   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5891   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5892                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5893        I != E; ++I) {
5894     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5895     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5896     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5897     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5898         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5899         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5900       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5901   }
5902 }
5903 
5904 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5905 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5906 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5907   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5908   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5909   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5910   Data.Method = MD;
5911   Data.S = this;
5912   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5913   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5914   bool AddedAny = false;
5915   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5916     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5917          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5918       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5919         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5920         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5921             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5922             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5923             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5924           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5925           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5926           AddedAny = true;
5927         }
5928       }
5929     }
5930   }
5931 
5932   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5933     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5934   }
5935   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5936     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5937   }
5938 
5939   return AddedAny;
5940 }
5941 
5942 namespace {
5943   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5944   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5945   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5946     Scope *S;
5947     Declarator &D;
5948     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5949     bool AddToScope;
5950   };
5951 }
5952 
5953 namespace {
5954 
5955 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5956 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5957 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5958  public:
5959   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5960                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5961       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5962         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5963 
5964   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5965     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5966       return false;
5967 
5968     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5969     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5970                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
5971          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5972       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5973 
5974       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5975           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5976         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5977           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
5978           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
5979             return true;
5980         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
5981           return true;
5982         }
5983       }
5984     }
5985 
5986     return false;
5987   }
5988 
5989  private:
5990   ASTContext &Context;
5991   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
5992   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5993 };
5994 
5995 }
5996 
5997 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
5998 ///
5999 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6000 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6001 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6002 /// the same name.
6003 ///
6004 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6005 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6006 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6007     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6008     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6009   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6010   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6011   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6012   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6013   TypoCorrection Correction;
6014   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6015   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6016                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6017   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6018                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6019                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6020                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6021 
6022   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6023   if (IsLocalFriend)
6024     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6025   else
6026     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6027   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6028          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6029   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6030   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6031                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6032   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6033     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6034          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6035       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6036       if (FD &&
6037           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6038         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6039         // involve a parameter
6040         unsigned ParamNum =
6041             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6042         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6043       }
6044     }
6045   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6046   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6047                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6048                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6049                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6050     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6051     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6052                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6053     Previous.clear();
6054     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6055     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6056                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6057          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6058       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6059       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6060           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6061         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6062       }
6063     }
6064     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6065 
6066     NamedDecl *Result;
6067     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6068     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6069     {
6070       // Trap errors.
6071       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6072 
6073       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6074       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6075       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6076       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6077           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6078           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6079           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6080           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6081 
6082       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6083         Result = 0;
6084     }
6085 
6086     if (Result) {
6087       // Determine which correction we picked.
6088       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6089       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6090            I != E; ++I)
6091         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6092           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6093 
6094       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6095           Correction,
6096           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6097                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6098                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6099             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6100       return Result;
6101     }
6102 
6103     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6104     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6105                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6106     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6107     Previous.clear();
6108     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6109   }
6110 
6111   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6112       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6113 
6114   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6115   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6116     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6117 
6118   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6119        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6120        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6121     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6122     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6123     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6124     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6125 
6126     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6127     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6128       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6129       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6130       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6131       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6132                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6133         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6134         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6135     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6136       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6137           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6138     } else
6139       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6140                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6141                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6142   }
6143   return 0;
6144 }
6145 
6146 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6147                                                           Declarator &D) {
6148   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6149   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6150   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6151   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6152   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6153     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6154                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6155     D.setInvalidType();
6156     break;
6157   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6158   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6159     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6160       return SC_None;
6161     return SC_Extern;
6162   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6163     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6164       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6165       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6166       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6167       //   other than extern
6168       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6169       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6170                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6171       break;
6172     } else
6173       return SC_Static;
6174   }
6175   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6176   }
6177 
6178   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6179   return SC_None;
6180 }
6181 
6182 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6183                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6184                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6185                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6186                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6187   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6188   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6189 
6190   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6191   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6192 
6193   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6194     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6195     // prototype. This true when:
6196     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6197     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6198     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6199     bool HasPrototype =
6200       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6201       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6202 
6203     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6204                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6205                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6206                                  HasPrototype, false);
6207     if (D.isInvalidType())
6208       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6209 
6210     // Set the lexical context.
6211     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6212 
6213     return NewFD;
6214   }
6215 
6216   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6217   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6218 
6219   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6220   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6221   // the class has been completely parsed.
6222   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6223       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6224           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6225           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6226     D.setInvalidType();
6227 
6228   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6229     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6230     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6231            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6232 
6233     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6234     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6235                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6236                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6237                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6238                                       isConstexpr);
6239 
6240   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6241     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6242     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6243       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6244       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6245       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6246                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6247                                         D.getLocStart(),
6248                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6249                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6250 
6251       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6252       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6253       // it yet.
6254       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6255           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6256           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6257         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6258       }
6259 
6260       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
6261       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
6262       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
6263       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
6264           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
6265           !Record->isBeingDefined() && !NewDD->isDeleted()) {
6266         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
6267       }
6268 
6269       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6270       return NewDD;
6271 
6272     } else {
6273       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6274       D.setInvalidType();
6275 
6276       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6277       // code path.
6278       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6279                                   D.getLocStart(),
6280                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6281                                   SC, isInline,
6282                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6283     }
6284 
6285   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6286     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6287       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6288            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6289       return 0;
6290     }
6291 
6292     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6293     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6294     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6295                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6296                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6297                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6298 
6299   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6300     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6301     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6302     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6303     // constructor if it has no return type).
6304     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6305         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6306       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6307         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6308         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6309       return 0;
6310     }
6311 
6312     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6313     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6314                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6315                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6316                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6317                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6318     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6319     return Ret;
6320   } else {
6321     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6322     // prototype. This true when:
6323     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6324     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6325                                 D.getLocStart(),
6326                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6327                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6328   }
6329 }
6330 
6331 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
6332   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
6333   // typedef of void is not permitted.
6334   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6335       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
6336     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
6337     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
6338       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
6339     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
6340                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
6341       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
6342     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
6343       << IsTypeAlias;
6344   }
6345 }
6346 
6347 enum OpenCLParamType {
6348   ValidKernelParam,
6349   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6350   PtrKernelParam,
6351   InvalidKernelParam,
6352   RecordKernelParam
6353 };
6354 
6355 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6356   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6357     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6358     return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6359   }
6360 
6361   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6362   // be used as builtin types.
6363 
6364   if (PT->isImageType())
6365     return PtrKernelParam;
6366 
6367   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6368     return InvalidKernelParam;
6369 
6370   if (PT->isEventT())
6371     return InvalidKernelParam;
6372 
6373   if (PT->isHalfType())
6374     return InvalidKernelParam;
6375 
6376   if (PT->isRecordType())
6377     return RecordKernelParam;
6378 
6379   return ValidKernelParam;
6380 }
6381 
6382 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6383   Sema &S,
6384   Declarator &D,
6385   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6386   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6387   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6388 
6389   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6390   // used again
6391   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6392     return;
6393 
6394   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6395   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6396     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6397     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6398     // pointer to a pointer type.
6399     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6400     D.setInvalidType();
6401     return;
6402 
6403     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6404     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6405     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6406     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6407     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6408 
6409   case InvalidKernelParam:
6410     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6411     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6412     // of event_t type.
6413     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6414     D.setInvalidType();
6415     return;
6416 
6417   case PtrKernelParam:
6418   case ValidKernelParam:
6419     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6420     return;
6421 
6422   case RecordKernelParam:
6423     break;
6424   }
6425 
6426   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6427   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6428 
6429   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6430   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6431   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6432   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6433 
6434   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6435   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6436 
6437   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6438 
6439   do {
6440     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6441     if (!Next) {
6442       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6443       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6444       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6445         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6446 
6447       continue;
6448     }
6449 
6450     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6451     // field itself) to the history stack.
6452     const RecordDecl *RD;
6453     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6454       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6455       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6456     } else {
6457       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6458     }
6459 
6460     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6461     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6462 
6463     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
6464            E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6465       const FieldDecl *FD = *I;
6466       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6467 
6468       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6469         continue;
6470 
6471       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6472       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6473         continue;
6474 
6475       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6476         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6477         continue;
6478       }
6479 
6480       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6481       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6482       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6483       // union.
6484       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6485         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6486                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6487           << PT->isUnionType()
6488           << PT;
6489       } else {
6490         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6491       }
6492 
6493       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6494         << PD->getDeclName();
6495 
6496       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6497       // the offending field came from
6498       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6499              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6500         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6501         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6502           << OuterField->getType();
6503       }
6504 
6505       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6506         << QT->isPointerType()
6507         << QT;
6508       D.setInvalidType();
6509       return;
6510     }
6511   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6512 }
6513 
6514 NamedDecl*
6515 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6516                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6517                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6518                               bool &AddToScope) {
6519   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6520 
6521   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6522 
6523   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6524   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6525   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6526   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6527 
6528   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6529     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6530          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6531       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6532 
6533   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6534     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6535 
6536   bool isFriend = false;
6537   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6538   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6539   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6540 
6541   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6542   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6543   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6544 
6545   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6546 
6547   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6548   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6549 
6550   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6551                                               isVirtualOkay);
6552   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6553 
6554   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6555     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6556 
6557   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6558   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6559   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6560   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6561 
6562   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6563     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6564 
6565   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6566     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6567     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6568     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6569     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6570     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6571     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6572       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6573       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6574       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6575       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6576     }
6577 
6578     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6579     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6580     // return true).
6581     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6582           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6583       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6584         NewFD->setPure(true);
6585     }
6586 
6587     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6588     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6589     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6590     if (D.isInvalidType())
6591       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6592 
6593     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6594     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6595     bool Invalid = false;
6596     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6597             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6598                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6599                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6600                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6601       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6602         // This is a function template
6603 
6604         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6605         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6606           return 0;
6607 
6608         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6609         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6610           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6611           return 0;
6612         }
6613 
6614         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6615         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6616         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6617         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6618           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6619           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6620             Invalid = true;
6621         }
6622 
6623 
6624         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6625                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6626                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6627                                                         NewFD);
6628         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6629         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6630 
6631         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6632         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6633           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6634                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6635                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6636         }
6637       } else {
6638         // This is a function template specialization.
6639         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6640         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6641         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6642                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6643                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6644 
6645         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6646         if (isFriend) {
6647           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6648           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6649 
6650           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6651           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6652           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6653           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6654           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6655           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6656           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6657             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6658             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6659           }
6660 
6661           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6662             << Name << RemoveRange
6663             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6664             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6665         }
6666       }
6667     }
6668     else {
6669       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6670       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6671       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6672         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6673         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6674                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6675                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6676     }
6677 
6678     if (Invalid) {
6679       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6680       if (FunctionTemplate)
6681         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6682     }
6683 
6684     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6685     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6686     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6687     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6688     //
6689     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6690       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6691         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6692              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6693       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6694         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6695         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6696              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6697           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6698       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6699         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6700         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6701         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6702              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6703           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6704       } else {
6705         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6706         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6707       }
6708 
6709       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6710           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6711         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6712     }
6713 
6714     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6715         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6716          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6717         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6718       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6719       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6720       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6721       // thing to do.
6722       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6723       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6724       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6725           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6726       QualType Result =
6727           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6728       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6729                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6730     }
6731 
6732     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6733     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6734     //  declaration.
6735     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6736       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6737         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6738         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6739              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6740           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6741       }
6742     }
6743 
6744     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6745     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6746     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6747     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6748     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6749       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6750         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6751         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6752              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6753           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6754       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6755                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6756         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6757         // or conversion function.
6758         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6759              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6760           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6761       }
6762     }
6763 
6764     if (isConstexpr) {
6765       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6766       // are implicitly inline.
6767       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6768 
6769       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6770       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6771       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6772       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6773         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6774     }
6775 
6776     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6777     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6778       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6779         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6780           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6781         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6782           << 0
6783           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6784       } else {
6785         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6786         if (FunctionTemplate)
6787           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6788       }
6789     }
6790 
6791     if (isFriend) {
6792       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6793         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6794         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6795       }
6796       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6797       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6798     }
6799 
6800     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6801     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6802     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6803     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6804       case FDK_Declaration:
6805       case FDK_Definition:
6806         break;
6807 
6808       case FDK_Defaulted:
6809         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6810         break;
6811 
6812       case FDK_Deleted:
6813         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6814         break;
6815     }
6816 
6817     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6818         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6819       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6820       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6821       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6822       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6823     }
6824 
6825     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6826         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6827       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6828       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6829       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6830       //   the class.
6831 
6832       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6833       // member function definition.
6834       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6835            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6836         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6837     }
6838 
6839     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6840     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6841     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6842     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6843     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6844          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6845         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6846       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6847       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6848       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
6849                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
6850     }
6851   }
6852 
6853   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6854   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6855                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6856                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6857                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6858 
6859   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6860   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6861     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6862     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6863     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6864                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
6865   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6866     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6867       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6868     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6869       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6870       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6871     }
6872   }
6873 
6874   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6875   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6876   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6877   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6878     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6879 
6880     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6881     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6882     // single void argument.
6883     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6884     // already checks for that case.
6885     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6886         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6887         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6888       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6889       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6890     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6891       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6892         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6893         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6894         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6895         Params.push_back(Param);
6896 
6897         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6898           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6899       }
6900     }
6901 
6902   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6903     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6904     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6905     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6906     //
6907     // @code
6908     // typedef void fn(int);
6909     // fn f;
6910     // @endcode
6911 
6912     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6913     for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator AI = FT->param_type_begin(),
6914                                                 AE = FT->param_type_end();
6915          AI != AE; ++AI) {
6916       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6917         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6918       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6919       Params.push_back(Param);
6920     }
6921   } else {
6922     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6923            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6924   }
6925 
6926   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6927   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6928 
6929   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6930   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6931   //
6932   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6933   //
6934   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6935   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6936   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6937 
6938   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6939     NewFD->addAttr(
6940         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6941                                        Context, 0));
6942 
6943   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6944   // because all functions have linkage.
6945   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6946       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6947     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6948     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6949   }
6950 
6951   // Handle attributes.
6952   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6953 
6954   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
6955   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6956       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6957   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6958       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6959     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6960     // Attach the attribute to the new decl. Don't apply the attribute if it
6961     // returns an instance of the class (e.g. assignment operators).
6962     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) {
6963       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
6964     }
6965   }
6966 
6967   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6968     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
6969     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
6970     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
6971     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6972         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
6973         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
6974       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6975            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
6976       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6977     }
6978   }
6979 
6980   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6981     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6982     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6983     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
6984       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6985 
6986     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
6987       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
6988 
6989     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6990       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6991                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6992     else if (!Previous.empty())
6993       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6994       D.setRedeclaration(true);
6995     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6996             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6997            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6998   } else {
6999     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7000     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7001     //
7002     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7003     //
7004     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7005     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7006     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7007         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7008         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7009       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7010            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7011         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7012 
7013     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7014     // argument list into our AST format.
7015     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7016       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7017       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7018       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7019       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7020                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7021       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7022                                  TemplateArgs);
7023 
7024       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7025 
7026       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7027         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7028       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7029         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7030         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7031           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7032 
7033         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7034       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7035                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7036         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7037         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7038         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7039         // too few of them).
7040         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7041         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7042         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7043           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7044           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7045                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7046                                         "template<> ");
7047         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7048       } else {
7049         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7050         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7051       }
7052     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7053       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7054       // wrote something like:
7055       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7056       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7057       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7058       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7059       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7060         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7061       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7062     }
7063 
7064     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7065     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7066     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7067     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7068     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7069     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7070         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7071          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7072             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7073             InstantiationDependent))) {
7074       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7075              "friend function specialization without template args");
7076       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7077                                                        Previous))
7078         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7079     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7080       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7081           && !isFriend) {
7082         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7083         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7084           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7085           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7086           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7087       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7088                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7089                                                      Previous))
7090         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7091 
7092       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7093       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7094       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7095       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7096           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7097       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7098         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7099           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7100                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7101             << SC
7102             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7103                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7104 
7105         else
7106           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7107                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7108             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7109                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7110       }
7111 
7112     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7113       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7114           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7115     }
7116 
7117     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7118     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7119       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7120         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7121 
7122       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7123         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7124 
7125       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7126         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7127                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7128     }
7129 
7130     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7131             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7132            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7133 
7134     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7135                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7136                                 : NewFD);
7137 
7138     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7139       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7140       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7141         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7142 
7143       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7144       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7145     }
7146 
7147     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7148         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7149       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7150 
7151     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7152     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7153     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7154       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7155                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7156       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7157                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7158                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7159                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7160                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7161                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7162                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7163                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7164                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7165                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7166                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7167     }
7168 
7169     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7170       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7171     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7172       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7173                                        AddToScope };
7174       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7175       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7176         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7177 
7178       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7179       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7180         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7181         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7182 
7183         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7184         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7185         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7186         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7187         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7188         // can actually do this check immediately.
7189         if (isFriend &&
7190             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7191              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7192              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7193           // ignore these
7194         } else {
7195           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7196           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7197           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7198           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7199           //
7200           // class X {
7201           //   void f() const;
7202           // };
7203           //
7204           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7205           //
7206           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7207           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7208           // whether the parameter types are references).
7209 
7210           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7211                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7212             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7213             return Result;
7214           }
7215         }
7216 
7217         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7218         // to something.
7219       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7220         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7221                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7222           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7223           return Result;
7224         }
7225       }
7226 
7227     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7228                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7229                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7230                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7231       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7232       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7233       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7234       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7235       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7236       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7237       // generate them.
7238       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7239         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7240     }
7241   }
7242 
7243   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7244   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7245 
7246   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7247 
7248   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7249       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7250     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7251          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7252       << NewFD;
7253 
7254     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7255     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7256     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7257         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7258     EPI.Variadic = true;
7259     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7260 
7261     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7262     NewFD->setType(R);
7263   }
7264 
7265   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7266   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7267   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7268     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7269 
7270   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7271   // marking the function.
7272   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7273 
7274   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7275   // the map of such variables.
7276   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7277       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7278     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7279 
7280   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7281   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7282 
7283   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7284     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7285       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7286         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7287       return FunctionTemplate;
7288     }
7289   }
7290 
7291   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7292     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7293     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7294         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7295       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7296       D.setInvalidType();
7297     }
7298 
7299     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7300     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7301       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7302            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7303       D.setInvalidType();
7304     }
7305 
7306     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7307     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
7308          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
7309       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
7310       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7311     }
7312   }
7313 
7314   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7315 
7316   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7317     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7318       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7319           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7320         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7321           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7322             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7323 
7324           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7325         }
7326       }
7327 
7328   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7329   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7330   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7331   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7332     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7333                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7334                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7335                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7336                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7337     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7338     AddToScope = false;
7339   }
7340 
7341   return NewFD;
7342 }
7343 
7344 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7345 ///
7346 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7347 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7348 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7349 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7350 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7351 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7352 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7353 ///
7354 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7355 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7356 ///
7357 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7358 ///
7359 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7360 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7361                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7362                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7363   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7364          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7365 
7366   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7367   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7368   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7369   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7370                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7371 
7372   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7373   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7374 
7375   bool Redeclaration = false;
7376   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7377 
7378   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7379   // the same name, if appropriate.
7380   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7381     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7382     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7383     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7384     // function to the scope.
7385     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7386       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7387       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7388         Redeclaration = true;
7389         OldDecl = Candidate;
7390       }
7391     } else {
7392       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7393                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7394       case Ovl_Match:
7395         Redeclaration = true;
7396         break;
7397 
7398       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7399         Redeclaration = true;
7400         break;
7401 
7402       case Ovl_Overload:
7403         Redeclaration = false;
7404         break;
7405       }
7406 
7407       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7408         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7409         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7410         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7411           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7412         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7413         if (Redeclaration)
7414           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7415         else if (!Previous.empty())
7416           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7417         if (OverloadedDecl)
7418           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7419                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7420         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7421       }
7422     }
7423   }
7424 
7425   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7426   if (!Redeclaration &&
7427       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7428     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7429     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7430       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7431       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7432       Redeclaration = true;
7433       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7434       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7435 
7436       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7437       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7438         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7439           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7440             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7441           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7442                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7443           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7444         }
7445         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7446           Redeclaration = false;
7447           OldDecl = 0;
7448         }
7449       }
7450     }
7451   }
7452 
7453   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7454   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7455   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7456   //
7457   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7458   // definition of a static member function.
7459   //
7460   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7461   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7462   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7463   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7464       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7465       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7466     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0;
7467     if (OldDecl)
7468       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7469     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7470       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7471         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7472       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7473       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7474       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7475                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7476 
7477       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7478       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7479       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7480         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7481         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7482                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7483           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7484 
7485         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7486           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7487       }
7488     }
7489   }
7490 
7491   if (Redeclaration) {
7492     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7493     // merged.
7494     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7495       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7496       return Redeclaration;
7497     }
7498 
7499     Previous.clear();
7500     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7501 
7502     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7503                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7504       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7505       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7506         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7507       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7508       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7509             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7510         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7511         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7512       }
7513 
7514       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7515       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7516       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7517           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7518         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7519         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7520       }
7521 
7522     } else {
7523       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7524       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7525 
7526       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7527         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7528         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7529         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7530         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7531 
7532         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7533         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7534         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7535 
7536         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7537         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7538             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7539           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7540           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7541           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7542           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7543           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7544             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7545           }
7546         }
7547       }
7548     }
7549   }
7550 
7551   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7552   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7553     // C++-specific checks.
7554     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7555       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7556     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7557                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7558       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7559       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7560 
7561       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7562       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7563       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7564         DeclarationName Name
7565           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7566                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7567         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7568           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7569           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7570           return Redeclaration;
7571         }
7572       }
7573     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7574                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7575       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7576     }
7577 
7578     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7579     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7580       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7581           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7582           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7583         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7584           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7585           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7586             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7587           }
7588         }
7589       }
7590 
7591       if (Method->isStatic())
7592         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7593     }
7594 
7595     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7596     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7597         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7598       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7599       return Redeclaration;
7600     }
7601 
7602     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7603     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7604         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7605       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7606       return Redeclaration;
7607     }
7608 
7609     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7610     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7611     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7612     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7613       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7614 
7615     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7616     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7617     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7618       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7619       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7620       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7621       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7622         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7623         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7624         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7625       }
7626     }
7627 
7628     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7629     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7630     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7631     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7632     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7633       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7634       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7635         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7636             << NewFD << R;
7637       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7638                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7639         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7640     }
7641   }
7642   return Redeclaration;
7643 }
7644 
7645 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7646   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7647   if (!TSI)
7648     return SourceRange();
7649 
7650   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7651   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7652   if (!FunctionTL)
7653     return SourceRange();
7654 
7655   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7656   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7657     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7658 
7659   return SourceRange();
7660 }
7661 
7662 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7663   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7664   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7665   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7666   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7667   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7668   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7669   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7670   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7671     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7672          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7673       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7674   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7675     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7676       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7677   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7678     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7679     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7680                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7681     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7682     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7683       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7684   }
7685   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7686     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7687       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7688     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7689   }
7690 
7691   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7692     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7693         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7694     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7695     return;
7696   }
7697 
7698   QualType T = FD->getType();
7699   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7700   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7701 
7702   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7703   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7704     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7705     // set the flag which tells us that.
7706     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7707     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7708 
7709   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7710   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7711   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7712   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7713     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7714 
7715     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7716     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7717       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7718           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7719 
7720   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7721   } else {
7722     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7723     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7724       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7725           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7726     else
7727       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7728 
7729     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7730   }
7731 
7732   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7733   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7734 
7735   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7736   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7737   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7738 
7739   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7740 
7741   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7742   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7743   // getting shifty.
7744   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7745     HasExtraParameters = false;
7746 
7747   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7748     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7749     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7750     nparams = 3;
7751   }
7752 
7753   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7754   // if we had some location information about types.
7755 
7756   QualType CharPP =
7757     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7758   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7759 
7760   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7761     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7762 
7763     bool mismatch = true;
7764 
7765     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7766       mismatch = false;
7767     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7768       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7769       //   char const **
7770       //   char const * const *
7771       //   char * const *
7772 
7773       QualifierCollector qs;
7774       const PointerType* PT;
7775       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7776           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7777           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7778                               Context.CharTy)) {
7779         qs.removeConst();
7780         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7781       }
7782     }
7783 
7784     if (mismatch) {
7785       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7786       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7787       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7788     }
7789   }
7790 
7791   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7792     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7793   }
7794 
7795   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7796     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7797     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7798   }
7799 }
7800 
7801 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7802   QualType T = FD->getType();
7803   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7804   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7805 
7806   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7807   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7808   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7809       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7810       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7811     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7812     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7813       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7814 
7815   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7816     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7817     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7818   }
7819 }
7820 
7821 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7822   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7823   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7824   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7825   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7826   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7827   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7828   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7829   // rules there don't matter.)
7830   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7831     return false;
7832   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7833     << Init->getSourceRange();
7834   return true;
7835 }
7836 
7837 namespace {
7838   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7839   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7840   class SelfReferenceChecker
7841       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7842     Sema &S;
7843     Decl *OrigDecl;
7844     bool isRecordType;
7845     bool isPODType;
7846     bool isReferenceType;
7847 
7848   public:
7849     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7850 
7851     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7852                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7853       isPODType = false;
7854       isRecordType = false;
7855       isReferenceType = false;
7856       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7857         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7858         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7859         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7860       }
7861     }
7862 
7863     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7864     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7865     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7866     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7867       if (isReferenceType)
7868         return;
7869       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7870       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7871         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7872         return;
7873       }
7874 
7875       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7876         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7877         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7878         return;
7879       }
7880 
7881       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7882         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7883         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7884           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7885           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7886             return;
7887           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7888         }
7889         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7890           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7891         return;
7892       }
7893     }
7894 
7895     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7896     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7897     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7898       if (isReferenceType)
7899         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7900     }
7901 
7902     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7903       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7904           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7905         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7906 
7907       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7908     }
7909 
7910     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7911       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7912       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7913 
7914       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7915       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7916       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7917       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7918       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7919       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7920         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7921           Warn = false;
7922         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7923       }
7924 
7925       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7926         if (Warn)
7927           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7928         return;
7929       }
7930 
7931       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7932       // Visit that expression.
7933       Visit(Base);
7934     }
7935 
7936     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7937       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7938         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7939           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7940 
7941       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7942     }
7943 
7944     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7945       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7946       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7947           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7948         if (!isPODType)
7949           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7950         return;
7951       }
7952       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7953     }
7954 
7955     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7956 
7957     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7958       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7959       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7960       unsigned diag;
7961       if (isReferenceType) {
7962         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7963       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7964         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7965       } else {
7966         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7967       }
7968 
7969       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7970                             S.PDiag(diag)
7971                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7972                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7973                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7974     }
7975   };
7976 
7977   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7978   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7979                                  bool DirectInit) {
7980     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7981     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7982     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7983       return;
7984 
7985     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7986 
7987     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7988     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7989     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7990       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7991         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7992           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7993             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7994               return;
7995 
7996     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7997   }
7998 }
7999 
8000 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8001 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8002 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8003 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8004                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8005   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8006   // the initializer.
8007   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8008     return;
8009 
8010   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8011     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8012     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8013     // Thus this grotesque test.
8014     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8015     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8016         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8017       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8018     else {
8019       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8020         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8021       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8022     }
8023     return;
8024   }
8025 
8026   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8027   if (!VDecl) {
8028     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8029     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8030     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8031     return;
8032   }
8033   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8034 
8035   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8036   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8037     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8038     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8039     // contains exactly one expression.
8040     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8041       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8042         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8043         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8044         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8045              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8046                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8047           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8048           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8049         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8050         return;
8051       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8052         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8053              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8054                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8055                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8056           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8057           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8058         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8059         return;
8060       } else {
8061         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8062       }
8063     }
8064 
8065     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8066     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8067     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8068         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8069       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8070       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8071         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8072         return;
8073       }
8074       Init = Result.take();
8075       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8076     }
8077 
8078     QualType DeducedType;
8079     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8080             DAR_Failed)
8081       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8082     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8083       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8084       return;
8085     }
8086     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8087     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8088 
8089     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8090     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8091       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8092 
8093     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8094     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8095     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8096     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8097     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8098         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8099       SourceLocation Loc =
8100           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8101       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8102         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8103     }
8104 
8105     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8106     // the previously declared type.
8107     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8108       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8109       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8110       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8111     }
8112 
8113     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8114     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8115     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8116       return;
8117   }
8118 
8119   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8120     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8121     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8122     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8123     return;
8124   }
8125 
8126   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8127     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8128     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8129     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8130     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8131     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8132       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8133     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8134                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8135       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8136       return;
8137     }
8138 
8139     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8140     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8141                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8142                                AbstractVariableType))
8143       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8144   }
8145 
8146   const VarDecl *Def;
8147   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8148     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8149       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8150     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8151     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8152     return;
8153   }
8154 
8155   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8156   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8157     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8158     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8159     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8160     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8161     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8162     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8163     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8164     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8165     //
8166     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8167     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8168     // declaration with an initializer.
8169     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8170       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8171           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8172       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8173       return;
8174     }
8175 
8176     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8177       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8178 
8179     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8180       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8181       return;
8182     }
8183   }
8184 
8185   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8186   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8187   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8188     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8189     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8190     return;
8191   }
8192 
8193   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8194   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8195   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8196 
8197   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8198   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8199   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8200       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8201     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8202     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8203       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8204       return;
8205     }
8206     Init = Result.take();
8207   }
8208 
8209   // Perform the initialization.
8210   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8211     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8212     InitializationKind Kind
8213       = DirectInit ?
8214           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8215                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8216                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8217                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8218                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8219                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8220                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8221 
8222     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8223     if (CXXDirectInit)
8224       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8225                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8226 
8227     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8228     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8229     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8230       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8231       return;
8232     }
8233 
8234     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8235   }
8236 
8237   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8238   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8239   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8240   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8241       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8242     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8243   }
8244 
8245   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8246   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8247   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8248   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8249   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8250     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8251 
8252   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8253     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8254 
8255     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8256       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8257 
8258     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8259     // Although this code can still have problems:
8260     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8261     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8262     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8263     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8264     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8265     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8266       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8267         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8268                                  Init->getLocStart());
8269       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8270         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8271     }
8272   }
8273 
8274   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8275   //
8276   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8277   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8278   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8279   //
8280   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8281   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8282   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8283   //
8284   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8285   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8286                                           false,
8287                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8288   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8289     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8290     return;
8291   }
8292   Init = Result.take();
8293 
8294   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8295   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8296 
8297   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8298     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8299     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8300     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8301     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8302       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8303         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8304       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8305       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8306       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8307       // constant expressions.
8308       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8309                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8310                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8311         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8312              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8313           << Init->getSourceRange();
8314     }
8315   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8316              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8317     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8318     //
8319     // struct S {
8320     //   static const int value = 17;
8321     // };
8322 
8323     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8324     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8325     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8326     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8327     //
8328     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8329     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8330     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8331     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8332     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8333     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8334     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8335     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8336     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8337 
8338     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8339     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8340 
8341     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8342     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8343     // type.
8344     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8345 
8346     // Require constness.
8347     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8348       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8349         << Init->getSourceRange();
8350       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8351 
8352     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8353     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8354       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8355       SourceLocation Loc;
8356       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8357         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8358         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8359         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8360       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8361         ; // Nothing to check.
8362       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8363         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8364       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8365         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8366         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8367         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8368           << Init->getSourceRange();
8369       } else {
8370         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8371         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8372         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8373           << Init->getSourceRange();
8374         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8375       }
8376 
8377     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8378     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8379       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8380       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8381       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8382         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8383              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8384             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8385         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8386              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8387             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8388       } else {
8389         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8390           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8391 
8392         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8393           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8394             << Init->getSourceRange();
8395           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8396         }
8397       }
8398 
8399     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8400     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8401       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8402         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8403         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8404       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8405 
8406     } else {
8407       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8408         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8409       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8410     }
8411   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8412     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8413         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8414          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8415            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8416         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8417       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8418 
8419     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8420     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8421       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8422     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8423              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8424              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8425              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8426                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8427       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8428       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8429       //   initialization.
8430       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8431       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8432       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8433         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8434     }
8435   }
8436 
8437   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8438   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8439   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8440   //
8441   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8442   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8443   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8444   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8445   // special case code.
8446 
8447   // C++ 8.5p11:
8448   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8449   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8450   // class type.
8451   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8452     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8453     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8454   } else if (DirectInit) {
8455     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8456     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8457   }
8458 
8459   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8460 }
8461 
8462 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8463 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8464 /// of sanity.
8465 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8466   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8467   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8468   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8469 
8470   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8471   if (!VD) return;
8472 
8473   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8474   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8475     D->setInvalidDecl();
8476     return;
8477   }
8478 
8479   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8480   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8481 
8482   // Require a complete type.
8483   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8484                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8485                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8486     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8487     return;
8488   }
8489 
8490   // Require an abstract type.
8491   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8492                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8493                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8494     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8495     return;
8496   }
8497 
8498   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8499   // though.
8500 }
8501 
8502 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8503                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8504   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8505   if (RealDecl == 0)
8506     return;
8507 
8508   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8509     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8510 
8511     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8512     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8513       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8514         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8515       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8516       return;
8517     }
8518 
8519     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8520     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8521     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8522     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8523     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8524     // member.
8525     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8526       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8527         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8528              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8529           << Var->getDeclName();
8530       else
8531         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8532       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8533       return;
8534     }
8535 
8536     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8537     // be initialized.
8538     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8539         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8540         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8541       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8542       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8543       return;
8544     }
8545 
8546     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8547     case VarDecl::Definition:
8548       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8549         break;
8550 
8551       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8552       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8553       // a declaration.
8554       //
8555       // Fall through
8556 
8557     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8558       // It's only a declaration.
8559 
8560       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8561       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8562       // object shall be complete.
8563       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8564           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8565           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8566                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8567         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8568 
8569       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8570       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8571           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8572                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8573                                  AbstractVariableType))
8574         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8575       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8576           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8577         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8578         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8579       }
8580 
8581       return;
8582 
8583     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8584       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8585       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8586       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8587       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8588       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8589       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8590         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8591                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8592           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8593                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8594                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8595             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8596         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8597           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8598           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8599           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8600           // NOTE: code such as the following
8601           //     static struct s;
8602           //     struct s { int a; };
8603           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8604           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8605           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8606           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8607             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8608                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8609         }
8610       }
8611 
8612       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8613       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8614         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8615       return;
8616     }
8617 
8618     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8619     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8620     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8621       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8622            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8623       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8624       return;
8625     }
8626 
8627     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8628     // definitions with reference type.
8629     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8630       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8631         << Var->getDeclName()
8632         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8633       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8634       return;
8635     }
8636 
8637     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8638     // variable with dependent type.
8639     if (Type->isDependentType())
8640       return;
8641 
8642     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8643       return;
8644 
8645     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8646                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8647                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8648       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8649       return;
8650     }
8651 
8652     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8653     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8654                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8655                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8656       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8657       return;
8658     }
8659 
8660     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8661     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8662     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8663     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8664     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8665     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8666     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8667     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8668     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8669     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8670     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8671       if (const RecordType *Record
8672             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8673         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8674         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8675         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8676         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8677         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8678           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8679       }
8680     }
8681 
8682     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8683     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8684     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8685     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8686     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8687     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8688     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8689     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8690     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8691     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8692     //   program is ill-formed.
8693     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8694     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8695     //   default-initialized; [...].
8696     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8697     InitializationKind Kind
8698       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8699 
8700     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8701     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8702     if (Init.isInvalid())
8703       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8704     else if (Init.get()) {
8705       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8706       // This is important for template substitution.
8707       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8708     }
8709 
8710     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8711   }
8712 }
8713 
8714 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8715   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8716   if (!VD) {
8717     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8718     D->setInvalidDecl();
8719     return;
8720   }
8721 
8722   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8723 
8724   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8725   int Error = -1;
8726   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8727   case SC_None:
8728     break;
8729   case SC_Extern:
8730     Error = 0;
8731     break;
8732   case SC_Static:
8733     Error = 1;
8734     break;
8735   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8736     Error = 2;
8737     break;
8738   case SC_Auto:
8739     Error = 3;
8740     break;
8741   case SC_Register:
8742     Error = 4;
8743     break;
8744   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8745     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8746   }
8747   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8748     Error = 5;
8749   if (Error != -1) {
8750     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8751       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8752     D->setInvalidDecl();
8753   }
8754 }
8755 
8756 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8757   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8758 
8759   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8760   // local retaining variable.
8761   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8762       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8763     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8764     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8765     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8766     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8767       break;
8768 
8769     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8770     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8771       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8772       break;
8773     }
8774   }
8775 
8776   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8777   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8778   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8779   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8780   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8781   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8782       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8783       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8784       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8785                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8786                        var->getLocation())) {
8787     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8788     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8789     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8790       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8791 
8792     if (!prev)
8793       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8794   }
8795 
8796   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8797       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8798     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8799     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8800     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8801     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8802     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8803       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8804   }
8805 
8806   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8807   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8808 
8809   QualType type = var->getType();
8810   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8811 
8812   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8813   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8814     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8815     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8816 
8817     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8818     // constructing this copy.
8819     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8820       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8821       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8822       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8823       ExprResult result
8824         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8825             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8826             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8827       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8828         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8829         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8830         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8831       }
8832     }
8833   }
8834 
8835   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8836   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8837   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8838 
8839   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8840       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8841     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8842         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8843                                             var->getLocation())
8844           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8845       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8846       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8847       // warned about them.
8848       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8849       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8850           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8851         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8852           << Init->getSourceRange();
8853     }
8854 
8855     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8856       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8857       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8858         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8859         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8860         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8861         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8862               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8863           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8864           Notes.clear();
8865         }
8866         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8867           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8868         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8869           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8870       }
8871     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8872       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8873       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8874       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8875       var->checkInitIsICE();
8876     }
8877   }
8878 
8879   // Require the destructor.
8880   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8881     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8882 }
8883 
8884 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8885 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8886 void
8887 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8888   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8889   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8890 
8891   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8892   if (!VD)
8893     return;
8894 
8895   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
8896 
8897   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8898     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8899       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
8900       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8901     }
8902   }
8903 
8904   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8905       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
8906     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
8907       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8908         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
8909             << VD->getDeclName();
8910         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8911         VD->setInvalidDecl();
8912       }
8913     }
8914   }
8915 
8916   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8917   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8918   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8919   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8920     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8921 
8922   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8923     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8924 
8925   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8926   // tag values.
8927   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8928       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8929     return;
8930 
8931   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8932          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8933          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8934        I != E; ++I) {
8935     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8936     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8937       continue;
8938     }
8939     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8940     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8941       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8942            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8943         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8944       continue;
8945     }
8946     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8947       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8948            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8949         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8950       continue;
8951     }
8952     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8953     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8954                                MagicValue,
8955                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8956                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8957                                I->getMustBeNull());
8958   }
8959 }
8960 
8961 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8962                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8963   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8964 
8965   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8966     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8967 
8968   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
8969   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8970     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
8971       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
8972         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
8973           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
8974       Decls.push_back(D);
8975     }
8976 
8977   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
8978     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
8979       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
8980       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
8981         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
8982     }
8983   }
8984 
8985   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8986 }
8987 
8988 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8989 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8990 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8991 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
8992                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8993   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8994   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8995   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8996   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8997   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
8998   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
8999   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9000   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9001     QualType Deduced;
9002     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9003     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9004     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9005       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9006         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9007         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9008         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9009           break;
9010         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9011         if (!U.isNull()) {
9012           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9013           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9014             Deduced = U;
9015             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9016             DeducedDecl = D;
9017           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9018             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9019                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9020               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9021               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9022               << U << D->getDeclName()
9023               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9024               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9025             D->setInvalidDecl();
9026             break;
9027           }
9028         }
9029       }
9030     }
9031   }
9032 
9033   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9034 
9035   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9036       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9037 }
9038 
9039 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9040   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9041 }
9042 
9043 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9044   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9045   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9046    return;
9047 
9048   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9049                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9050         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9051     return;
9052 
9053   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9054     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9055     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9056     // additional declaration references:
9057     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9058     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9059     //   'struct S *pS;'
9060     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9061     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9062     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9063       Group = Group.slice(1);
9064     }
9065   }
9066 
9067   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9068   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9069   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9070       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9071     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9072     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9073     //
9074     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9075     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9076     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9077     // ahead through comments.
9078     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9079       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9080   }
9081 }
9082 
9083 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9084 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9085 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9086   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9087 
9088   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9089 
9090   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9091   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9092   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9093     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9094   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9095              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9096     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9097   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9098     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9099          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9100     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9101   }
9102 
9103   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9104     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9105       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9106   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9107     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9108       << 0;
9109 
9110   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9111 
9112   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9113   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9114 
9115   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9116     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9117     // parameter.
9118     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9119 
9120     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9121     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9122       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9123         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9124       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9125     }
9126   }
9127 
9128   // Ensure we have a valid name
9129   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9130   if (D.hasName()) {
9131     II = D.getIdentifier();
9132     if (!II) {
9133       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9134         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9135       D.setInvalidType(true);
9136     }
9137   }
9138 
9139   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9140   if (II) {
9141     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9142                    ForRedeclaration);
9143     LookupName(R, S);
9144     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9145       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9146       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9147         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9148         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9149         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9150         PrevDecl = 0;
9151       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9152         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9153         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9154 
9155         // Recover by removing the name
9156         II = 0;
9157         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9158         D.setInvalidType(true);
9159       }
9160     }
9161   }
9162 
9163   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9164   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9165   // looking like class members in C++.
9166   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9167                                     D.getLocStart(),
9168                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9169                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9170                                     StorageClass);
9171 
9172   if (D.isInvalidType())
9173     New->setInvalidDecl();
9174 
9175   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9176   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9177   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9178                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9179 
9180   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9181   S->AddDecl(New);
9182   if (II)
9183     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9184 
9185   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9186 
9187   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9188     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9189       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9190       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9191       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9192 
9193   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9194     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9195   }
9196   return New;
9197 }
9198 
9199 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9200 /// typedef.
9201 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9202                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9203                                               QualType T) {
9204   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9205      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9206      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9207   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9208                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9209                                            SC_None, 0);
9210   Param->setImplicit();
9211   return Param;
9212 }
9213 
9214 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9215                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9216   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9217   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9218   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9219     return;
9220 
9221   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9222     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9223         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9224       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9225         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9226     }
9227   }
9228 }
9229 
9230 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9231                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9232                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9233                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9234   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9235     return;
9236 
9237   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9238   // threshold.
9239   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9240     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9241     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9242       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9243           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9244   }
9245 
9246   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9247   // threshold.
9248   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9249     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9250     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9251       continue;
9252     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9253     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9254       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9255           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9256   }
9257 }
9258 
9259 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9260                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9261                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9262                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9263   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9264   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9265       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9266       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9267 
9268     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9269 
9270     // Special cases for arrays:
9271     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9272     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9273     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9274       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9275         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9276             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9277             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9278       }
9279       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9280     } else {
9281       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9282     }
9283     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9284   }
9285 
9286   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9287                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9288                                          TSInfo,
9289                                          StorageClass, 0);
9290 
9291   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9292   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9293   // the class has been completely parsed.
9294   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9295       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9296                              AbstractParamType))
9297     New->setInvalidDecl();
9298 
9299   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9300   // passed by reference.
9301   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9302     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9303     Diag(NameLoc,
9304          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9305       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9306     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9307     New->setType(T);
9308   }
9309 
9310   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9311   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9312   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9313   // an address space.
9314   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9315     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9316     New->setInvalidDecl();
9317   }
9318 
9319   return New;
9320 }
9321 
9322 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9323                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9324   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9325 
9326   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9327   // for a K&R function.
9328   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9329     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9330       --i;
9331       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
9332         SmallString<256> Code;
9333         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
9334                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
9335                                         << ";\n";
9336         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9337           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
9338           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9339 
9340         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9341         // type.
9342         AttributeFactory attrs;
9343         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9344         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9345         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9346         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
9347                            PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9348         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9349         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9350         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9351         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9352         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9353         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9354       }
9355     }
9356   }
9357 }
9358 
9359 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9360   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9361   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9362   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9363 
9364   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9365   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9366   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9367 }
9368 
9369 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9370                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9371   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9372   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9373     return false;
9374 
9375   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9376   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9377     return false;
9378 
9379   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9380   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9381     return false;
9382 
9383   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9384   if (FD->isMain())
9385     return false;
9386 
9387   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9388   if (FD->isInlined())
9389     return false;
9390 
9391   // Don't warn about function templates.
9392   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9393     return false;
9394 
9395   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9396   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9397     return false;
9398 
9399   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9400   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9401     return false;
9402 
9403   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9404   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9405        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9406     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9407     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9408     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9409       continue;
9410 
9411     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9412     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9413       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9414     break;
9415   }
9416 
9417   return MissingPrototype;
9418 }
9419 
9420 void
9421 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9422                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9423   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9424   // was an extern inline function.
9425   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9426   if (!Definition)
9427     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9428       return;
9429 
9430   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9431     return;
9432 
9433   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9434       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9435     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9436         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9437   else
9438     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9439 
9440   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9441   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9442 }
9443 
9444 
9445 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9446                                    Sema &S) {
9447   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9448 
9449   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9450   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9451   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9452   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9453   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9454 
9455   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9456     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9457   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9458     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9459   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9460     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9461   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9462 
9463   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9464   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9465 
9466   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9467   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9468   for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = LambdaClass->captures_begin(),
9469       CEnd = LambdaClass->captures_end(); C != CEnd; ++C) {
9470     if (C->capturesVariable()) {
9471       VarDecl *VD = C->getCapturedVar();
9472       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9473         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9474       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9475       const bool ByRef = C->getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9476       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9477           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C->getLocation(),
9478           /*EllipsisLoc*/C->isPackExpansion()
9479                          ? C->getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9480           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9481 
9482     } else if (C->capturesThis()) {
9483       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C->getLocation(),
9484                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9485     }
9486   }
9487 }
9488 
9489 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9490   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9491   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9492 
9493   if (!D)
9494     return D;
9495   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9496 
9497   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9498     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9499   else
9500     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9501   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9502   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9503   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9504   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9505   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9506   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9507   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9508   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9509   // have the LSI properly restored.
9510   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9511     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9512       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9513       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9514     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9515   }
9516   else
9517     // Enter a new function scope
9518     PushFunctionScope();
9519 
9520   // See if this is a redefinition.
9521   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9522     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9523 
9524   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9525   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9526     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9527         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9528       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9529       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9530     }
9531   }
9532 
9533   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9534   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9535   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9536   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9537       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9538       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9539                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9540     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9541 
9542   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9543   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9544   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9545   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9546   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9547   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9548   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9549     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9550 
9551     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9552       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9553       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9554       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9555               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9556         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9557         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9558           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9559                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9560             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9561             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9562       }
9563     }
9564   }
9565 
9566   if (FnBodyScope)
9567     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9568 
9569   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9570   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9571                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9572 
9573   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9574   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
9575     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
9576     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9577 
9578     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9579     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9580       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9581 
9582       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9583     }
9584   }
9585 
9586   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9587   // introduce them into the function scope.
9588   if (FnBodyScope) {
9589     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9590              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9591              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9592          I != E; ++I) {
9593       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9594 
9595       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9596       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9597       // and reattach to the current context.
9598       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9599         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9600         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
9601                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
9602           if (*DI == D) {
9603             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9604             break;
9605           }
9606         }
9607         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9608         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9609       }
9610 
9611       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9612       if (!D->getName().empty())
9613         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9614 
9615       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9616       // accessible in this scope.
9617       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9618         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
9619                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
9620           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9621       }
9622     }
9623   }
9624 
9625   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9626   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9627     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9628 
9629   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9630   // dllimport attribute.
9631   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9632   if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9633     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9634     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9635     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9636         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9637       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9638            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9639         << DA;
9640       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9641       return D;
9642     }
9643 
9644     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9645     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9646     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9647       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9648       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9649       // emitted.
9650       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9651            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9652         << FD << DA;
9653     }
9654   }
9655   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9656   // a function template).
9657   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9658   return D;
9659 }
9660 
9661 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9662 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9663 /// optimization.
9664 ///
9665 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9666 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9667 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9668 /// use the named return value optimization.
9669 ///
9670 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9671 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9672 /// the NRVO variable.
9673 ///
9674 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9675 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9676 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9677 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9678   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9679 
9680   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9681   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9682     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9683       return;
9684 
9685     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9686       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9687     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9688       return;
9689   }
9690 
9691   if (NRVOCandidate)
9692     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9693 }
9694 
9695 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9696   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9697   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9698   // rest of the file.
9699   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9700   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9701   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9702     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9703       return false;
9704   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9705 }
9706 
9707 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9708   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9709     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9710   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9711     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9712   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9713 }
9714 
9715 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9716   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9717 }
9718 
9719 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9720                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9721   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0;
9722 
9723   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9724   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9725 
9726   if (FD) {
9727     FD->setBody(Body);
9728 
9729     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9730         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9731       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9732       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9733       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9734       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9735         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9736             << FD->getReturnType();
9737         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9738       } else {
9739         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9740         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9741             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9742         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9743             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9744       }
9745     }
9746 
9747     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9748     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9749     // is the first declaration.
9750     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9751       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9752         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9753       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9754                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9755                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9756         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9757     }
9758 
9759     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9760     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9761     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9762       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9763 
9764     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9765     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9766     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9767       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9768 
9769     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9770       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9771       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9772                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
9773 
9774       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9775       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9776         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9777 
9778       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9779       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9780       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9781       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
9782           !FD->isDependentContext())
9783         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9784     }
9785 
9786     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9787            "Function parsing confused");
9788   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9789     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9790     MD->setBody(Body);
9791     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9792       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9793       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9794                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
9795 
9796       if (Body)
9797         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9798     }
9799     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9800       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9801         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9802       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9803     }
9804     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9805       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9806       bool isDesignated =
9807           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9808       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9809       (void)isDesignated;
9810       Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9811            diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9812       Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9813            diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9814       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9815     }
9816     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9817       Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9818       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9819     }
9820   } else {
9821     return 0;
9822   }
9823 
9824   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9825          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9826          "handled in the block above.");
9827 
9828   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9829   if (Body) {
9830     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9831     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9832     // Verify this.
9833     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9834       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9835 
9836     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9837     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9838         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9839         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9840         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9841       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9842 
9843     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9844       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9845         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9846 
9847       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9848                                              Destructor->getParent());
9849     }
9850 
9851     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9852     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9853     // deletion in some later function.
9854     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9855         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9856       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9857     }
9858     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9859         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9860       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9861       // enabled.
9862       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9863     }
9864 
9865     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9866         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9867          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9868       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9869 
9870     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9871     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9872     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9873            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9874   }
9875 
9876   if (!IsInstantiation)
9877     PopDeclContext();
9878 
9879   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9880   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9881   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9882   // deletion in some later function.
9883   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9884     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9885   }
9886 
9887   return dcl;
9888 }
9889 
9890 
9891 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9892 /// relevant Decl.
9893 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9894                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9895   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9896   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9897     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9898   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9899 
9900   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9901     if (Method->isStatic())
9902       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9903 }
9904 
9905 
9906 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9907 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9908 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9909                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9910   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9911   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9912   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9913   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9914   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9915     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9916     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9917     return ExternCPrev;
9918   }
9919 
9920   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9921   unsigned diag_id;
9922   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9923     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9924   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9925     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9926   else
9927     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9928   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9929 
9930   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9931   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9932   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9933     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9934     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9935     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9936                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
9937       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
9938                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
9939   }
9940 
9941   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9942   const char *Dummy;
9943   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9944   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9945   unsigned DiagID;
9946   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
9947                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9948   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9949   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9950   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9951   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9952   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9953                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9954                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9955                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9956                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9957                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9958                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9959                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9960                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9961                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9962                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9963                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9964                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9965                                              EST_None,
9966                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9967                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9968                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9969                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9970                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9971                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9972                 DS.getAttributes(),
9973                 SourceLocation());
9974   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9975 
9976   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9977 
9978   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9979   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9980 
9981   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9982   FD->setImplicit();
9983 
9984   CurContext = PrevDC;
9985 
9986   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9987 
9988   return FD;
9989 }
9990 
9991 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9992 /// the declaration of this function.
9993 ///
9994 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9995 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9996 /// like NSLog or printf.
9997 ///
9998 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9999 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10000 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10001   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10002     return;
10003 
10004   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10005   // actual attributes.
10006   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10007     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10008     unsigned FormatIdx;
10009     bool HasVAListArg;
10010     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10011       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10012         const char *fmt = "printf";
10013         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10014         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10015             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10016           fmt = "NSString";
10017         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10018                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10019                                                FormatIdx+1,
10020                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10021                                                FD->getLocation()));
10022       }
10023     }
10024     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10025                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10026      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10027        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10028                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10029                                               FormatIdx+1,
10030                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10031                                               FD->getLocation()));
10032     }
10033 
10034     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10035     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10036     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10037     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10038         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10039       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10040         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10041     }
10042 
10043     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10044         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10045       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10046                                          FD->getLocation()));
10047     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10048       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10049     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10050       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10051   }
10052 
10053   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10054   if (!Name)
10055     return;
10056   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10057        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10058       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10059        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10060        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10061     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10062     // about.
10063   } else
10064     return;
10065 
10066   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10067     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10068     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10069     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10070       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10071                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10072                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10073                                              FD->getLocation()));
10074   }
10075 
10076   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10077     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10078     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10079     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10080       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10081                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10082   }
10083 }
10084 
10085 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10086                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10087   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10088   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10089 
10090   if (!TInfo) {
10091     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10092     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10093   }
10094 
10095   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10096   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10097                                            D.getLocStart(),
10098                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10099                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10100                                            TInfo);
10101 
10102   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10103   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10104     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10105     return NewTD;
10106   }
10107 
10108   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10109     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10110       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10111         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10112         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10113         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10114     else
10115       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10116   }
10117 
10118   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10119   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10120   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10121   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10122   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10123   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10124   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10125   case TST_enum:
10126   case TST_struct:
10127   case TST_interface:
10128   case TST_union:
10129   case TST_class: {
10130     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10131 
10132     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10133     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10134     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10135     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10136 
10137     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10138     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10139 
10140     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10141     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10142       break;
10143 
10144     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10145     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10146     break;
10147   }
10148 
10149   default:
10150     break;
10151   }
10152 
10153   return NewTD;
10154 }
10155 
10156 
10157 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10158 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10159   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10160   QualType T = TI->getType();
10161 
10162   if (T->isDependentType())
10163     return false;
10164 
10165   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10166     if (BT->isInteger())
10167       return false;
10168 
10169   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10170   return true;
10171 }
10172 
10173 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10174 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10175 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10176                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10177                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10178   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10179 
10180   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10181     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10182       << Prev->isScoped();
10183     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10184     return true;
10185   }
10186 
10187   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10188     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10189         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10190         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10191                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10192       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10193       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10194         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10195       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10196           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10197       return true;
10198     }
10199   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10200     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10201       << Prev->isFixed();
10202     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10203     return true;
10204   }
10205 
10206   return false;
10207 }
10208 
10209 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10210 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10211 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10212 ///
10213 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10214 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10215   switch (Tag) {
10216   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10217   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10218   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10219   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10220   }
10221 }
10222 
10223 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10224 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10225 ///
10226 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10227 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10228 {
10229   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10230 }
10231 
10232 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10233 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10234 ///
10235 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10236 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10237                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10238                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10239                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10240   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10241   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10242   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10243   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10244   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10245   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10246   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10247   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10248   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10249   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10250   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10251   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10252   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10253   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10254   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10255     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10256       return true;
10257 
10258   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10259     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10260     bool isTemplate = false;
10261     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10262       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10263 
10264     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10265       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10266       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10267       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10268         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10269         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10270       return true;
10271     }
10272 
10273     if (isDefinition) {
10274       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10275       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10276       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10277         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10278         return true;
10279       }
10280 
10281       bool previousMismatch = false;
10282       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
10283            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
10284         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10285           if (!previousMismatch) {
10286             previousMismatch = true;
10287             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10288               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10289               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10290           }
10291           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10292             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10293             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10294                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10295         }
10296       }
10297       return true;
10298     }
10299 
10300     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10301     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10302     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10303     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10304                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10305     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10306       return true;
10307     }
10308 
10309     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10310       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10311       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10312     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10313 
10314     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10315     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10316         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10317           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10318           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10319                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10320     }
10321 
10322     return true;
10323   }
10324   return false;
10325 }
10326 
10327 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10328 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10329 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10330 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10331 ///
10332 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10333 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10334 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10335                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10336                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10337                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10338                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10339                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10340                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10341                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10342                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10343                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10344                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10345   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10346   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10347   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10348          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10349   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10350 
10351   OwnedDecl = false;
10352   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10353   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10354 
10355   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10356   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10357   bool Invalid = false;
10358 
10359   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10360   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10361   // for non-C++ cases.
10362   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10363       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10364     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10365             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10366                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10367                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10368       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10369         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10370         return 0;
10371       }
10372 
10373       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10374         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10375         // be a member of another template).
10376 
10377         if (Invalid)
10378           return 0;
10379 
10380         OwnedDecl = false;
10381         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10382                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10383                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10384                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10385                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10386                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10387         return Result.get();
10388       } else {
10389         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10390         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10391           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10392         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10393       }
10394     }
10395   }
10396 
10397   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10398   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10399   // redeclaration.
10400   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10401 
10402   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10403     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10404       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10405       // type, default to int.
10406       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10407     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10408       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10409       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10410       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10411       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10412       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10413 
10414       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10415         // Recover by falling back to int.
10416         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10417 
10418       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10419                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10420         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10421 
10422     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10423       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10424       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10425   }
10426 
10427   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10428   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10429   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10430 
10431   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10432   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10433     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10434 
10435   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10436   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10437   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10438     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10439 
10440     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10441     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10442       Name = 0;
10443       goto CreateNewDecl;
10444     }
10445 
10446     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10447     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10448     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10449       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10450       if (!DC) {
10451         IsDependent = true;
10452         return 0;
10453       }
10454     } else {
10455       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10456       if (!DC) {
10457         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10458           << SS.getRange();
10459         return 0;
10460       }
10461     }
10462 
10463     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10464       return 0;
10465 
10466     SearchDC = DC;
10467     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10468     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10469 
10470     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10471       return 0;
10472 
10473     if (Previous.empty()) {
10474       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10475       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10476       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10477       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10478       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10479       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10480       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10481           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10482         IsDependent = true;
10483         return 0;
10484       }
10485 
10486       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10487       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10488         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10489       Name = 0;
10490       Invalid = true;
10491       goto CreateNewDecl;
10492     }
10493   } else if (Name) {
10494     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10495     // declaration or definition.
10496     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10497     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10498     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10499     LookupName(Previous, S);
10500 
10501     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10502     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10503     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10504         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10505       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10506       while (F.hasNext()) {
10507         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10508         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10509           F.erase();
10510       }
10511       F.done();
10512     }
10513 
10514     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10515     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10516     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10517     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10518     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10519     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10520     //
10521     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10522     // semantic context?
10523     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10524       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10525       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10526       while (F.hasNext()) {
10527         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10528         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10529         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10530             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10531           F.erase();
10532           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10533         }
10534       }
10535       F.done();
10536     }
10537 
10538     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10539     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10540       return 0;
10541 
10542     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10543       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10544       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10545       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10546       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10547       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10548         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10549     }
10550   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10551     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10552     // initial context to the translation unit.
10553     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10554     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10555   }
10556 
10557   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10558       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10559     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10560     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10561     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10562     Previous.clear();
10563   }
10564 
10565   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10566       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10567     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10568     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10569 
10570     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10571       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10572       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10573       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10574       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10575     }
10576   }
10577 
10578   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10579   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10580   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10581   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10582   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10583       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10584     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10585     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10586 
10587     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10588       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10589       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10590       //
10591       //          class-key identifier
10592       //
10593       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10594       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10595       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10596       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10597       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10598       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10599       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10600       //      declaration.
10601       //
10602       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10603       // C structs and unions.
10604       //
10605       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10606       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10607       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10608       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10609       //
10610       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10611       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10612       //
10613       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10614       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10615       // lexical context,
10616       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10617         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10618 
10619       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10620       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10621              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10622               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10623              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10624              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10625         S = S->getParent();
10626     } else {
10627       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10628       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10629       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10630       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10631       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10632       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10633     }
10634 
10635     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10636     // diagnose some problems.
10637     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10638       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10639       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10640     }
10641   }
10642 
10643   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10644     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10645     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10646         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10647 
10648     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10649     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10650     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10651     // in C++.
10652     //
10653     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10654     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10655     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10656     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10657     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10658       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10659         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10660           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10661           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10662               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10663                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10664             PrevDecl = Tag;
10665             Previous.clear();
10666             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10667             Previous.resolveKind();
10668           }
10669         }
10670       }
10671     }
10672 
10673     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10674       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10675       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10676       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10677       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10678           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10679                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10680         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10681         // struct or something similar.
10682         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10683                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10684                                           *Name)) {
10685           bool SafeToContinue
10686             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10687                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10688           if (SafeToContinue)
10689             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10690               << Name
10691               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10692                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10693           else
10694             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10695           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10696 
10697           if (SafeToContinue)
10698             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10699           else {
10700             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10701             Name = 0;
10702             Previous.clear();
10703             Invalid = true;
10704           }
10705         }
10706 
10707         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10708           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10709 
10710           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10711           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10712           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10713             if (ScopedEnum)
10714               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10715                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10716                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10717             return PrevTagDecl;
10718           }
10719 
10720           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10721           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10722             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10723           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10724             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10725 
10726           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10727           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10728           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10729           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10730                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10731             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10732         }
10733 
10734         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10735         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10736         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10737         //   and then later defined.
10738         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10739             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10740           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10741           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10742         }
10743 
10744         if (!Invalid) {
10745           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10746 
10747           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10748           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10749           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10750           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10751           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10752                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10753             return PrevTagDecl;
10754 
10755           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10756           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10757             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10758               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10759               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10760               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10761               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10762               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10763                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10764                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10765                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10766                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10767                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10768                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10769                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10770                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10771               }
10772 
10773               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10774                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10775                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10776                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10777                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10778                 else
10779                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10780                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10781                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10782                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10783                 // references get the previous definition.
10784                 Name = 0;
10785                 Previous.clear();
10786                 Invalid = true;
10787               }
10788             } else {
10789               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10790               // about a nested redefinition.
10791               const TagType *Tag
10792                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10793               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10794                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10795                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10796                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10797                 Name = 0;
10798                 Previous.clear();
10799                 Invalid = true;
10800               }
10801             }
10802 
10803             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10804             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10805           }
10806         }
10807         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10808         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10809 
10810       } else {
10811         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10812         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10813         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10814         // have distinct types.
10815         Previous.clear();
10816       }
10817       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10818       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10819       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10820 
10821 
10822     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10823     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10824     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10825     } else {
10826       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10827       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10828       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10829       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10830           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10831         unsigned Kind = 0;
10832         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10833         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10834         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10835         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10836         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10837         Invalid = true;
10838 
10839       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10840       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10841                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10842         // do nothing
10843 
10844       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10845       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10846         unsigned Kind = 0;
10847         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10848         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10849         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10850         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10851         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10852         Invalid = true;
10853 
10854       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10855       // case here.
10856       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10857         unsigned Kind = 0;
10858         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10859         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10860           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10861         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10862         Invalid = true;
10863 
10864       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10865       } else {
10866         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10867         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10868         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10869         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10870         Name = 0;
10871         Invalid = true;
10872       }
10873 
10874       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10875       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10876       Previous.clear();
10877     }
10878   }
10879 
10880 CreateNewDecl:
10881 
10882   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10883   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10884     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10885 
10886   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10887   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10888   // keyword.
10889   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10890 
10891   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10892   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10893   // PrevDecl.
10894   TagDecl *New;
10895 
10896   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10897   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10898     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10899     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10900     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10901                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10902                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10903     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10904     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10905       TagDecl *Def;
10906       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10907           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10908         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10909         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10910       }
10911       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10912         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10913           << New;
10914         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10915       } else {
10916         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10917         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10918           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10919         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10920           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10921         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10922 
10923         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10924         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10925         // the declaration context.
10926         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10927           IsForwardReference = true;
10928       }
10929     }
10930 
10931     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10932       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10933       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10934         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10935       else
10936         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10937       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10938     }
10939 
10940   } else {
10941     // struct/union/class
10942 
10943     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10944     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10945     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10946       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10947       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10948                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10949 
10950       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10951         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10952     } else
10953       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10954                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10955   }
10956 
10957   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
10958   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
10959   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10960     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
10961       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10962     Invalid = true;
10963   }
10964 
10965   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10966   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10967     if (SS.isSet()) {
10968       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10969       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10970       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10971       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10972       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10973       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10974           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10975           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10976         Invalid = true;
10977 
10978       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10979       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10980         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10981                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10982                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10983       }
10984     }
10985     else
10986       Invalid = true;
10987   }
10988 
10989   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10990     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10991     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10992     //
10993     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10994     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10995     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10996     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10997     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10998     // parsing of the struct).
10999     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11000       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11001       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11002     }
11003   }
11004 
11005   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11006     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11007       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11008         << 2
11009         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11010     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11011     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11012     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11013     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11014       New->setModulePrivate();
11015   }
11016 
11017   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11018   // check the specialization.
11019   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11020     Invalid = true;
11021 
11022   if (Invalid)
11023     New->setInvalidDecl();
11024 
11025   if (Attr)
11026     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11027 
11028   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
11029   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
11030   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11031     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11032 
11033   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11034   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11035   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11036 
11037   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11038   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11039   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11040   // the tag name visible.
11041   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11042     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11043                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11044 
11045   // Set the access specifier.
11046   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11047     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11048 
11049   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11050     New->startDefinition();
11051 
11052   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11053   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11054     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11055     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11056     if (PrevDecl)
11057       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11058 
11059     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11060     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11061     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11062       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11063         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11064   } else if (Name) {
11065     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11066     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11067     if (IsForwardReference)
11068       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11069 
11070   } else {
11071     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11072   }
11073 
11074   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11075   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11076     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11077         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11078         II->isStr("FILE"))
11079       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11080 
11081   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
11082   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11083   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11084       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
11085     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11086 
11087   if (PrevDecl)
11088     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11089 
11090   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11091   // record.
11092   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11093 
11094   OwnedDecl = true;
11095   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11096   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11097   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11098 }
11099 
11100 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11101   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11102   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11103 
11104   // Enter the tag context.
11105   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11106 
11107   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11108 
11109   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11110   // record.
11111   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11112 }
11113 
11114 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11115   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11116          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11117   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11118   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11119       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11120   CurContext = OCD;
11121   return IDecl;
11122 }
11123 
11124 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11125                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11126                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11127                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11128   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11129   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11130 
11131   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11132 
11133   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11134     return;
11135 
11136   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11137     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11138                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11139 
11140   // C++ [class]p2:
11141   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11142   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11143   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11144   //   as if it were a public member name.
11145   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11146     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11147                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11148                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11149                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11150                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11151   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11152   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11153   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11154   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11155       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11156   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11157   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11158          "Broken injected-class-name");
11159 }
11160 
11161 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11162                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11163   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11164   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11165   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11166 
11167   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11168   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11169     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11170     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11171       RD->completeDefinition();
11172   }
11173 
11174   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11175     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11176 
11177   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11178   PopDeclContext();
11179 
11180   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11181       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11182     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11183 
11184   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11185   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11186     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11187 }
11188 
11189 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11190   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11191   PopDeclContext();
11192 }
11193 
11194 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11195   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11196   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11197   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11198 }
11199 
11200 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11201   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11202   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11203 }
11204 
11205 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11206   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11207   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11208   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11209 
11210   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11211   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11212     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11213       RD->completeDefinition();
11214   }
11215 
11216   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11217   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11218   // the FieldCollector.
11219 
11220   PopDeclContext();
11221 }
11222 
11223 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11224 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11225                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11226                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11227                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11228   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11229   if (ZeroWidth)
11230     *ZeroWidth = true;
11231 
11232   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11233   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11234   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11235     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11236     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11237       return ExprError();
11238     if (FieldName)
11239       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11240         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11241     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11242       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11243   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11244                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11245     return ExprError();
11246 
11247   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11248   // it now.
11249   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11250     return Owned(BitWidth);
11251 
11252   llvm::APSInt Value;
11253   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11254   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11255     return ICE;
11256   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11257 
11258   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11259     *ZeroWidth = false;
11260 
11261   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11262   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11263     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11264 
11265   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11266     if (FieldName)
11267       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11268                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11269     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11270       << Value.toString(10);
11271   }
11272 
11273   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11274     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11275     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11276       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11277           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11278         if (FieldName)
11279           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11280             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11281             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11282 
11283         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11284           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11285       }
11286 
11287       if (FieldName)
11288         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11289           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11290           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11291       else
11292         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11293           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11294     }
11295   }
11296 
11297   return Owned(BitWidth);
11298 }
11299 
11300 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11301 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11302 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11303                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11304   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11305                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11306                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11307   return Res;
11308 }
11309 
11310 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11311 ///
11312 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11313                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11314                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11315                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11316                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11317   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11318   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11319   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11320 
11321   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11322   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11323   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11324     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11325 
11326     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11327                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11328       D.setInvalidType();
11329       T = Context.IntTy;
11330       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11331     }
11332   }
11333 
11334   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11335   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11336     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11337     D.setInvalidType();
11338   }
11339 
11340   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11341   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11342   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11343     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11344     D.setInvalidType();
11345   }
11346 
11347   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11348 
11349   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11350     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11351          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11352       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11353 
11354   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11355   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11356   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11357   LookupName(Previous, S);
11358   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11359     case LookupResult::Found:
11360     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11361       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11362       break;
11363 
11364     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11365       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11366       break;
11367 
11368     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11369     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11370     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11371       break;
11372   }
11373   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11374 
11375   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11376     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11377     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11378     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11379     PrevDecl = 0;
11380   }
11381 
11382   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11383     PrevDecl = 0;
11384 
11385   bool Mutable
11386     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11387   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11388   FieldDecl *NewFD
11389     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11390                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11391 
11392   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11393     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11394 
11395   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11396     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11397 
11398   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11399     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11400     // with the same name in the same scope.
11401   } else if (II) {
11402     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11403   } else
11404     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11405 
11406   return NewFD;
11407 }
11408 
11409 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11410 ///
11411 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11412 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11413 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11414 /// created.
11415 ///
11416 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11417 ///
11418 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11419 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11420                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11421                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11422                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11423                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11424                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11425                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11426                                 Declarator *D) {
11427   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11428   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11429   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11430 
11431   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11432   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11433   if (T.isNull()) {
11434     InvalidDecl = true;
11435     T = Context.IntTy;
11436   }
11437 
11438   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11439   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11440     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11441       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11442       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11443       InvalidDecl = true;
11444     } else {
11445       NamedDecl *Def;
11446       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11447       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11448         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11449         InvalidDecl = true;
11450       }
11451     }
11452   }
11453 
11454   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11455   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11456     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11457     InvalidDecl = true;
11458   }
11459 
11460   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11461   // than a variably modified type.
11462   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11463     bool SizeIsNegative;
11464     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11465 
11466     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11467       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11468                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11469                                                     Oversized);
11470     if (FixedTInfo) {
11471       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11472       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11473       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11474     } else {
11475       if (SizeIsNegative)
11476         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11477       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11478         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11479           << Oversized.toString(10);
11480       else
11481         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11482       InvalidDecl = true;
11483     }
11484   }
11485 
11486   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11487   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11488                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11489                                              AbstractFieldType))
11490     InvalidDecl = true;
11491 
11492   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11493   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11494   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11495     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11496                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11497     if (!BitWidth) {
11498       InvalidDecl = true;
11499       BitWidth = 0;
11500       ZeroWidth = false;
11501     }
11502   }
11503 
11504   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11505   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11506     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11507     if (T->isReferenceType())
11508       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11509     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11510       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11511 
11512     if (DiagID) {
11513       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11514       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11515         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11516       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11517       Mutable = false;
11518       InvalidDecl = true;
11519     }
11520   }
11521 
11522   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11523   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11524   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11525   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11526     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11527 
11528   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11529                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11530   if (InvalidDecl)
11531     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11532 
11533   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11534     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11535     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11536     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11537   }
11538 
11539   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11540     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11541       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11542         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11543         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11544           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11545           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11546           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11547           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11548           // objects.
11549           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11550             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11551         }
11552       }
11553 
11554       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11555       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11556       // enabled.
11557       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11558         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11559                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11560                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11561           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11562         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11563           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11564       }
11565     }
11566   }
11567 
11568   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11569   // representation, not a parser representation.
11570   if (D) {
11571     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11572     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11573 
11574     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11575       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11576   }
11577 
11578   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11579   // retainable type.
11580   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11581     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11582 
11583   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11584     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11585 
11586   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11587   return NewFD;
11588 }
11589 
11590 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11591   assert(FD);
11592   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11593 
11594   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11595     return false;
11596 
11597   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11598   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11599     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11600     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11601       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11602       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11603       // copy constructors.
11604 
11605       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11606       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11607       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11608       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11609       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11610       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11611       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11612         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11613       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11614         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11615       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11616         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11617       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11618         member = CXXDestructor;
11619 
11620       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11621         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11622             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11623           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11624           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11625           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11626           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11627           // members unavailable.
11628           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11629           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11630             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11631               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11632                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11633                                   Loc));
11634             return false;
11635           }
11636         }
11637 
11638         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11639                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11640                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11641           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11642         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11643         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11644       }
11645     }
11646   }
11647 
11648   return false;
11649 }
11650 
11651 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11652 ///  AST enum value.
11653 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11654 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11655   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11656   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11657   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11658   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11659   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11660   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11661   }
11662 }
11663 
11664 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11665 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11666 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11667                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11668                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11669                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11670 
11671   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11672   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11673   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11674   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11675 
11676   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11677   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11678 
11679   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11680   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11681 
11682   if (BitWidth) {
11683     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11684     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11685     if (!BitWidth)
11686       D.setInvalidType();
11687   } else {
11688     // Not a bitfield.
11689 
11690     // validate II.
11691 
11692   }
11693   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11694     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11695     D.setInvalidType();
11696   }
11697   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11698   // than a variably modified type.
11699   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11700     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11701     D.setInvalidType();
11702   }
11703 
11704   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11705   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11706     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11707                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11708   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11709   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11710   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11711     return 0;
11712   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11713   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11714       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11715     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11716     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11717       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11718       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11719     }
11720     else
11721       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11722   } else {
11723     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11724         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11725       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11726         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11727         return 0;
11728       }
11729     }
11730     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11731   }
11732 
11733   // Construct the decl.
11734   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11735                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11736                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11737 
11738   if (II) {
11739     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11740                                            ForRedeclaration);
11741     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11742         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11743       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11744       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11745       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11746     }
11747   }
11748 
11749   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11750   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11751 
11752   if (D.isInvalidType())
11753     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11754 
11755   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11756   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11757     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11758 
11759   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11760     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11761 
11762   if (II) {
11763     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11764     // these to the interface.
11765     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11766     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11767   }
11768 
11769   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11770       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11771     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11772 
11773   return NewID;
11774 }
11775 
11776 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11777 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11778 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11779 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11780 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11781                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11782   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11783     return;
11784 
11785   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11786   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11787 
11788   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11789     return;
11790   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11791   if (!ID) {
11792     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11793       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11794         return;
11795     }
11796     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11797     else
11798       return;
11799   }
11800   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11801   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11802   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11803 
11804   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11805                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11806                               Context.CharTy,
11807                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11808                                                                DeclLoc),
11809                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11810                               true);
11811   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11812 }
11813 
11814 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11815                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11816                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11817   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11818 
11819   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11820   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11821   // it will now change.
11822   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11823     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11824     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11825     default: break;
11826     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11827       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11828       break;
11829     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11830       Context.
11831         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11832       break;
11833     }
11834   }
11835 
11836   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11837 
11838   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11839   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11840   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11841   if (Record) {
11842     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
11843                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11844       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11845         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11846           ++NumNamedMembers;
11847     }
11848   }
11849 
11850   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11851   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11852 
11853   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11854   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11855        i != end; ++i) {
11856     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11857 
11858     // Get the type for the field.
11859     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11860 
11861     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11862       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11863       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11864     }
11865 
11866     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11867     // diagnostics about it.
11868     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11869       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11870       continue;
11871     }
11872 
11873     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11874     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11875     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11876     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11877     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11878     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11879     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11880     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11881     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11882     //   array.
11883     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11884       // Field declared as a function.
11885       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11886         << FD->getDeclName();
11887       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11888       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11889       continue;
11890     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11891                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11892                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11893                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11894                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11895       // Flexible array member.
11896       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11897       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11898       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11899       unsigned DiagID = 0;
11900       if (Record->isUnion())
11901         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11902                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
11903                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11904                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
11905                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
11906       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11907         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11908                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
11909                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11910                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
11911                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
11912                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
11913                                  : 0;
11914 
11915       if (DiagID)
11916         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
11917                                         << Record->getTagKind();
11918       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
11919       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
11920       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
11921       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
11922       // of the type.
11923       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
11924         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
11925           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
11926             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11927       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
11928         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11929           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11930 
11931       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
11932       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
11933       //
11934       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
11935       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
11936       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11937       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
11938         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
11939           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11940         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11941         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11942         continue;
11943       }
11944       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11945       if (Record)
11946         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11947     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11948                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11949                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11950       // Incomplete type
11951       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11952       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11953       continue;
11954     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11955       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11956         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11957         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11958           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11959         } else {
11960           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11961           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11962           // structures.
11963           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11964             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11965               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11966           else {
11967             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11968             // other structs as an extension.
11969             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11970               << FD->getDeclName();
11971             if (Record)
11972               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11973           }
11974         }
11975       }
11976       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11977           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11978                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11979                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11980         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11981         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11982       }
11983       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11984         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11985       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11986         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11987     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11988       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11989       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11990         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11991       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11992       FD->setType(T);
11993     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11994                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11995       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11996       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11997       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11998       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11999       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12000       QualType T = FD->getType();
12001       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12002       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12003         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12004         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12005           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12006             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12007                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12008                               loc));
12009           }
12010         } else {
12011           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12012             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12013         }
12014         ARCErrReported = true;
12015       }
12016     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12017                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12018                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12019       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12020           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12021         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12022       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12023         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12024         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12025             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12026           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12027         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12028                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12029                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12030       }
12031     }
12032     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12033       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12034     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12035     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12036       ++NumNamedMembers;
12037   }
12038 
12039   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12040   if (Record) {
12041     bool Completed = false;
12042     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12043       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12044         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12045         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12046                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12047                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12048           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12049 
12050         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12051           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12052             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12053             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12054               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12055                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12056           }
12057 
12058           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12059           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12060 
12061           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12062           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12063           // problem now.
12064           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12065             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12066             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12067 
12068             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12069                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12070                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12071               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12072                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12073                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12074                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12075                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12076                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12077                   continue;
12078 
12079                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12080                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12081                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12082                 //   program is ill-formed.
12083                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12084                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12085                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12086                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12087                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12088                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12089                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12090                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12091                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12092                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12093 
12094                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12095               }
12096             }
12097             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12098             Completed = true;
12099           }
12100         }
12101       }
12102     }
12103 
12104     if (!Completed)
12105       Record->completeDefinition();
12106 
12107     if (Record->hasAttrs())
12108       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12109 
12110     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12111     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12112     // compatibility problems.
12113     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12114     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12115       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12116     } else {
12117       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12118       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12119       CheckForZeroSize =
12120           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12121           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12122           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12123     }
12124     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12125       bool ZeroSize = true;
12126       bool IsEmpty = true;
12127       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12128       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12129                                       E = Record->field_end();
12130            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12131         IsEmpty = false;
12132         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12133           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12134             ZeroSize = false;
12135         } else {
12136           ++NonBitFields;
12137           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12138           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12139               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12140             ZeroSize = false;
12141         }
12142       }
12143 
12144       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12145       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12146       // extern "C" block.
12147       if (ZeroSize) {
12148         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12149                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12150                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12151           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12152       }
12153 
12154       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12155       // but are accepted by GCC.
12156       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12157         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12158                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12159           << Record->isUnion();
12160       }
12161     }
12162   } else {
12163     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12164       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12165     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12166       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12167       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12168       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12169         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12170         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12171       }
12172       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12173       // duplicates.
12174       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12175         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12176     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12177                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12178       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12179       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12180         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12181         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12182         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12183       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12184       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12185       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12186     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12187                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12188       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12189       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12190       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12191       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12192       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12193       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12194       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12195       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12196         if (IDecl) {
12197           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12198               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12199             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12200                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12201             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12202             continue;
12203           }
12204           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
12205                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
12206                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
12207                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
12208             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12209                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12210               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12211                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12212               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12213               continue;
12214             }
12215           }
12216         }
12217         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12218         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12219       }
12220       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12221       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12222     }
12223   }
12224 
12225   if (Attr)
12226     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12227 }
12228 
12229 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12230 /// the given type T.
12231 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12232                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12233                                         QualType T) {
12234   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12235   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12236 
12237   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12238     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12239       --BitWidth;
12240     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12241   }
12242   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12243 }
12244 
12245 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12246 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12247 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12248   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12249   // enum checking below.
12250   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12251   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12252   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12253     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12254   };
12255   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12256     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12257     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12258   };
12259 
12260   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12261   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12262                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12263   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12264     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12265       return Types[I];
12266 
12267   return QualType();
12268 }
12269 
12270 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12271                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12272                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12273                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12274                                           Expr *Val) {
12275   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12276   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12277   QualType EltTy;
12278 
12279   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12280     Val = 0;
12281 
12282   if (Val)
12283     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12284 
12285   if (Val) {
12286     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12287       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12288     else {
12289       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12290       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12291           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12292         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12293         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12294         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12295         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12296         ExprResult Converted =
12297           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12298                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12299         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12300           Val = 0;
12301         else
12302           Val = Converted.take();
12303       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12304                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12305                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12306         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12307       } else {
12308         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12309           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12310 
12311           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12312           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12313           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12314           // expression checking.
12315           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12316             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12317               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12318               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12319             } else
12320               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12321           } else
12322             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12323         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12324           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12325           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12326           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12327           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12328           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12329           EltTy = Val->getType();
12330         } else {
12331           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12332           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12333           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12334           //   representable as an int.
12335 
12336           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12337           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12338             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12339               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12340               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12341           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12342             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12343             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12344           }
12345           EltTy = Val->getType();
12346         }
12347       }
12348     }
12349   }
12350 
12351   if (!Val) {
12352     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12353       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12354     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12355       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12356       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12357       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12358       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12359       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12360       //
12361       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12362       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12363       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12364         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12365       }
12366       else {
12367         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12368       }
12369     } else {
12370       // Assign the last value + 1.
12371       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12372       ++EnumVal;
12373       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12374 
12375       // Check for overflow on increment.
12376       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12377         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12378         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12379         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12380         //
12381         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12382         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12383         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12384         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12385         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12386         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12387         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12388         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12389           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12390           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12391           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12392           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12393           ++EnumVal;
12394           if (Enum->isFixed())
12395             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12396             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12397               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12398               << EltTy;
12399           else
12400             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
12401               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12402         } else {
12403           EltTy = T;
12404         }
12405 
12406         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12407         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12408         // value, then increment.
12409         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12410         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12411         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12412         ++EnumVal;
12413 
12414         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12415         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12416         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12417         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12418         // integral type.
12419         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12420           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12421       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12422                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12423         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12424         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12425           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12426       }
12427     }
12428   }
12429 
12430   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12431     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12432     // enumerator's type.
12433     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12434     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12435   }
12436 
12437   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12438                                   Val, EnumVal);
12439 }
12440 
12441 
12442 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12443                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12444                               AttributeList *Attr,
12445                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12446   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12447   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12448     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12449 
12450   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12451   // we find one that is.
12452   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12453 
12454   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12455   // scope.
12456   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12457                                          ForRedeclaration);
12458   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12459     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12460     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12461     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12462     PrevDecl = 0;
12463   }
12464 
12465   if (PrevDecl) {
12466     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12467     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12468     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12469            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12470     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12471       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12472         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12473       else
12474         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12475       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12476       return 0;
12477     }
12478   }
12479 
12480   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12481   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12482   // different from T:
12483   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12484   // enumerated type
12485   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12486                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12487                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12488     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12489         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12490       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12491 
12492   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12493     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12494 
12495   if (New) {
12496     // Process attributes.
12497     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12498 
12499     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12500     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12501     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12502   }
12503 
12504   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12505 
12506   return New;
12507 }
12508 
12509 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12510 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12511 // Element2 = Element1
12512 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12513 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12514 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12515 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12516   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12517   if (!InitExpr)
12518     return true;
12519   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12520 
12521   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12522     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12523       return true;
12524     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12525     if (!IL)
12526       return true;
12527     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12528       return true;
12529 
12530     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12531   }
12532 
12533   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12534   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12535   if (!DRE)
12536     return true;
12537 
12538   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12539   if (!EnumConstant)
12540     return true;
12541 
12542   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12543       Enum)
12544     return true;
12545 
12546   return false;
12547 }
12548 
12549 struct DupKey {
12550   int64_t val;
12551   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12552   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12553     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12554 };
12555 
12556 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12557   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12558                 false);
12559 }
12560 
12561 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12562   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12563   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12564   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12565     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12566   }
12567   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12568     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12569            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12570   }
12571 };
12572 
12573 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12574 // a previous element has already been set to.
12575 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12576                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12577                                         QualType EnumType) {
12578   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12579                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12580       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12581     return;
12582   // Avoid anonymous enums
12583   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12584     return;
12585 
12586   // Only check for small enums.
12587   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12588     return;
12589 
12590   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12591   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12592 
12593   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12594   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12595           ValueToVectorMap;
12596 
12597   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12598   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12599 
12600   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12601   // an initialier.
12602   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12603     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12604 
12605     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12606     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12607     if (!ECD) {
12608       return;
12609     }
12610 
12611     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12612       continue;
12613 
12614     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12615     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12616 
12617     // First time encountering this value.
12618     if (Entry.isNull())
12619       Entry = ECD;
12620   }
12621 
12622   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12623   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12624     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12625     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12626       continue;
12627 
12628     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12629 
12630     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12631     if (Entry.isNull())
12632       continue;
12633 
12634     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12635       // Ensure constants are different.
12636       if (D == ECD)
12637         continue;
12638 
12639       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12640       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12641       Vec->push_back(D);
12642       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12643 
12644       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12645       Entry = Vec;
12646 
12647       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12648       // diagnostics.
12649       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12650       continue;
12651     }
12652 
12653     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12654     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12655     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12656       continue;
12657 
12658     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12659   }
12660 
12661   // Emit diagnostics.
12662   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12663                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12664        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12665     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12666     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12667 
12668     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12669     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12670     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12671       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12672       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12673     ++I;
12674 
12675     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12676     // the same value.
12677     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12678       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12679         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12680         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12681     delete Vec;
12682   }
12683 }
12684 
12685 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12686                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12687                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12688                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12689   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12690   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12691 
12692   if (Attr)
12693     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12694 
12695   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12696     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12697       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12698         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12699       if (!ECD) continue;
12700 
12701       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12702     }
12703 
12704     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12705     return;
12706   }
12707 
12708   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12709   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12710   // emit a warning.
12711   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12712   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12713   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12714 
12715   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12716   // reverse the list.
12717   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12718   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12719 
12720   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12721   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12722 
12723   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12724     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12725       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12726     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12727 
12728     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12729 
12730     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12731     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12732       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12733                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12734     else
12735       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12736                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12737 
12738     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12739     if (AllElementsInt)
12740       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12741   }
12742 
12743   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12744   QualType BestType;
12745   unsigned BestWidth;
12746 
12747   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12748   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12749   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12750   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12751   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12752   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12753   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12754   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12755   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12756   QualType BestPromotionType;
12757 
12758   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
12759   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12760   // enum definitions.
12761   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12762     Packed = true;
12763 
12764   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12765     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12766     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12767       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12768     else
12769       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12770     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12771     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12772     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12773     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12774   }
12775   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12776     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12777     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12778     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12779     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12780       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12781       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12782     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12783                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12784       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12785       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12786     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12787       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12788       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12789     } else {
12790       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12791 
12792       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12793         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12794       } else {
12795         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12796 
12797         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12798           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
12799         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12800       }
12801     }
12802     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12803   } else {
12804     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12805     // all of the enumerator values.
12806     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12807     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12808       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12809       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12810       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12811     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12812       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12813       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12814       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12815     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12816       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12817       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12818       BestPromotionType
12819         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12820                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12821     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12822                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12823       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12824       BestPromotionType
12825         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12826                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12827     } else {
12828       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12829       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12830              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12831       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12832       BestPromotionType
12833         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12834                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12835     }
12836   }
12837 
12838   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12839   // the type of the enum if needed.
12840   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12841     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12842     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12843 
12844     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12845     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12846     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12847     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12848     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12849 
12850     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12851     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12852 
12853     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12854     // the enum decl type.
12855     QualType NewTy;
12856     unsigned NewWidth;
12857     bool NewSign;
12858     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12859         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12860         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12861       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12862       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12863       NewSign = true;
12864     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12865       // Already the right type!
12866       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12867         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12868         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12869         // enumeration.
12870         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12871       continue;
12872     } else {
12873       NewTy = BestType;
12874       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12875       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12876     }
12877 
12878     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12879     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12880     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12881     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12882 
12883     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12884     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12885         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12886       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12887                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12888                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12889                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12890                                                 VK_RValue));
12891     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12892       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12893       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12894       // enumeration.
12895       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12896     else
12897       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12898   }
12899 
12900   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12901                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12902 
12903   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12904   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12905   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12906     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12907 
12908   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12909 
12910   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12911   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12912     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12913 }
12914 
12915 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12916                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12917                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12918   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12919 
12920   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12921                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12922                                                    EndLoc);
12923   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12924   return New;
12925 }
12926 
12927 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12928                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12929                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12930   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12931                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12932                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12933   if (!Mod)
12934     return true;
12935 
12936   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12937   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12938   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12939     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12940     // We need the length to be consistent.
12941     if (!ModCheck)
12942       break;
12943     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12944 
12945     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12946   }
12947 
12948   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12949                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12950                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12951                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12952   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12953   return Import;
12954 }
12955 
12956 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
12957   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
12958   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
12959                                          /*Complain=*/true);
12960 }
12961 
12962 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12963   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12964   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12965   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12966                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12967   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12968   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12969 
12970   // Make the module visible.
12971   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12972                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12973 }
12974 
12975 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12976                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12977                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12978                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12979                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12980   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12981                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12982   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
12983                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
12984 
12985   if (PrevDecl)
12986     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12987   else
12988     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12989       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12990 }
12991 
12992 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12993                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12994                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12995   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12996 
12997   if (PrevDecl) {
12998     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
12999   } else {
13000     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13001       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13002         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
13003   }
13004 }
13005 
13006 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13007                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13008                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13009                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13010                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13011   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13012                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13013   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13014 
13015   if (PrevDecl) {
13016     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13017       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13018         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13019   } else {
13020     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13021       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13022   }
13023 }
13024 
13025 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13026   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13027 }
13028 
13029 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13030   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13031   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13032   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13033   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13034   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13035   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13036   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13037     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13038     if (R != AR_Available)
13039       return R;
13040     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13041   }
13042   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13043   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13044   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13045             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13046     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13047   }
13048   return D->getAvailability();
13049 }
13050